Knowledgebase

Product

2FA OTP Login WordPress Plugin

2FA OTP Login is a WordPress security plugin that adds Two-Factor Authentication to the WordPress login page by sending One-Time Passwords via email or SMS (through Twilio). It requires users to enter a time-sensitive OTP code after entering their password, preventing unauthorized access even if a password is stolen. The plugin is configured entirely through the WordPress admin panel with no developer required.

Best for: WordPress site owners, administrators, and developers who need a reliable, easy-to-configure second layer of login security without touching code.

Key features
  • Email OTP delivery — sends a time-sensitive code to the user's registered WordPress email address with no extra apps needed
  • SMS OTP via Twilio — integrates with Twilio to deliver OTP codes by text message using the user's registered phone number
  • Admin control panel — enable or disable Email OTP and SMS OTP independently from Settings → 2FA OTP Login
  • User profile phone registration — users add their phone number (with country code) directly in their WordPress profile under 'OTP Login Settings'
  • Configurable OTP settings — administrators can customize OTP code length and expiration time
  • Automatic OTP cleanup — expired OTP codes are automatically removed from the database, keeping storage clean and secure
Use cases
  • Protecting a WordPress admin panel from brute force and credential-stuffing attacks
  • Adding SMS-based two-factor authentication to a membership or e-commerce site
  • Securing multi-author or multi-admin WordPress sites where multiple user accounts exist
  • Replacing reliance on passwords alone after a data breach or credential leak
  • Meeting basic security compliance requirements that mandate multi-factor authentication
FAQs (15)

Q: Do I need a Twilio account to use this plugin?

Only if you want SMS OTP functionality. Email OTP works out of the box with no third-party accounts needed. Twilio offers a free trial with credits so you can test SMS delivery before committing to a paid plan.

Q: Can I use both Email OTP and SMS OTP at the same time?

Yes. You can enable both methods simultaneously. When both are active, users can choose which method to use during login — either 'Send OTP via Email' or 'Send OTP via SMS'.

Q: How long are OTP codes valid?

OTP expiration time is configurable in the plugin settings. Expired codes are automatically cleaned up from the database. Check Settings → 2FA OTP Login to set or adjust the expiration duration.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with caching plugins like WP Rocket or W3 Total Cache?

Yes, but you must exclude wp-login.php from caching. WP Super Cache, W3 Total Cache, WP Rocket, and LiteSpeed Cache are all tested and compatible as long as the login page is excluded from cache rules.

Q: Will this plugin conflict with other security plugins like Wordfence or Sucuri?

No conflicts are expected with Wordfence, Sucuri Security, iThemes Security, or All In One WP Security based on testing. However, running two 2FA plugins simultaneously is not recommended as they may conflict with each other.

Q: How does a user register their phone number for SMS OTP?

Users go to Users → Profile in the WordPress dashboard, scroll to the 'OTP Login Settings' section, enter their phone number including country code (e.g., +1234567890), and click Update Profile.

Q: What WordPress versions are supported?

The plugin is compatible with WordPress 5.0 through 6.4 (fully tested) and has been tested on the product page up to WordPress 6.8. WordPress 6.0+ is the recommended version.

Q: What PHP versions are supported?

PHP 7.2 is the minimum supported version. PHP 7.4 is recommended, and PHP 8.0, 8.1, and 8.2 are all fully tested and compatible. PHP 7.1 and below are not supported.

Q: Why is my SMS OTP not sending?

Verify your Twilio Account SID, Auth Token, and phone number are entered correctly. Ensure your Twilio account has sufficient credits, the phone number includes a country code, and cURL is enabled on your server. Check the WordPress debug log for specific error messages.

Q: Why is my Email OTP not arriving?

Check the user's spam or junk folder first. Verify the user's WordPress email address is correct. If WordPress email delivery is unreliable on your host, install and configure an SMTP plugin for more reliable delivery.

Q: The OTP fields are not appearing on my login page — what should I do?

Confirm at least one OTP method is enabled in Settings → 2FA OTP Login. Clear your browser cache, check for JavaScript errors in the browser console, and try temporarily disabling other plugins to identify any conflicts.

Q: Does the plugin work with custom or third-party themes?

Yes. The plugin modifies the standard WordPress login page (wp-login.php), so it works with any theme that uses the default WordPress login system, including Astra, GeneratePress, OceanWP, Neve, Kadence, Divi, and Avada.

Q: Is Internet Explorer 11 supported?

No. IE 11 is explicitly not supported. All modern desktop browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge, Opera) and mobile browsers (Chrome Mobile, Safari Mobile, Firefox Mobile, Samsung Internet) are fully compatible.

Q: Where do I configure the plugin after installation?

Go to Settings → 2FA OTP Login in your WordPress admin dashboard. From there you can enable Email OTP, enable SMS OTP, enter Twilio credentials, and configure OTP length and expiration settings.

Q: Is HTTPS required for the plugin to work?

HTTPS is strongly recommended but not strictly required. Running the login page over HTTP means OTP codes could be intercepted in transit, which undermines the security benefit of 2FA. Using HTTPS is a best practice for any WordPress site.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or higher (6.0+ recommended), PHP 7.2 or higher (7.4+ recommended), MySQL 5.6+ or MariaDB 10.0+, and the cURL PHP extension enabled on the server for SMS functionality. HTTPS is strongly recommended for secure OTP transmission; minimum 128MB PHP memory limit with 256MB recommended.

Pricing: The plugin is sold at a one-time price of $49 USD. The purchase includes an instant download and free updates. No subscription or recurring fees are mentioned. A separate Twilio account is required for SMS OTP functionality (Twilio has its own usage-based pricing); email OTP requires no additional paid service.

View product →

Product

Access Ninja – Secure WordPress Registration with OTP, Custom Fields & Email Restrictions

Access Ninja is a comprehensive WordPress registration and access plugin that enhances the default WordPress registration system with custom fields, OTP email verification, and email domain restrictions. It replaces or supplements the standard wp-login.php registration page with a secure, configurable form that can be placed anywhere via shortcode. No coding is required to set up custom fields, background customization, or one-time password verification.

Best for: Access Ninja is ideal for membership sites, corporate portals, schools, organic and food retailers with member areas, and any WordPress site owner who needs to control who registers and verify every user's identity.

Key features
  • Unlimited custom registration fields supporting text, email, number, textarea, dropdown, radio, and checkbox types
  • Drag-and-drop field reordering and required/optional field designation via an intuitive admin interface
  • OTP (One-Time Password) email verification with configurable expiry time (minutes) and digit length (4–10 digits), plus resend option
  • Email domain restrictions allowing only specified domains (e.g., company.com, example.org) to register
  • Background customization for the registration page using a color picker and optional image upload
  • Shortcode support via [access_ninja] (and legacy [registration_ninja]) to embed the form anywhere on the site
Use cases
  • Restricting corporate portal registration to employees using a specific company email domain (e.g., @company.com)
  • Adding custom intake fields (dropdowns, checkboxes, textareas) to a school or training site registration form
  • Implementing OTP email verification to prevent fake or bot registrations on a membership site
  • Embedding a fully custom registration form on any page or post using the [access_ninja] shortcode
  • Customizing the registration page background with branded colors or images for a professional member experience
FAQs (15)

Q: Do I need to configure email settings for OTP to work?

The plugin uses WordPress's built-in wp_mail function, so no separate email configuration is required. However, for reliable OTP delivery, it is strongly recommended to use an SMTP plugin to ensure emails reach users' inboxes consistently.

Q: Can I use both email domain restrictions and OTP verification at the same time?

Yes, both features work together seamlessly. Users must have an email address from an allowed domain AND successfully verify their email with an OTP before their registration is completed.

Q: How are custom field values stored and accessed?

Custom field values are saved as WordPress user meta. You can retrieve them programmatically using the standard get_user_meta() function, making the data compatible with other plugins and custom code.

Q: Can I customize the form's appearance or styling?

Yes. You can add custom CSS by targeting the #reg-ninja-registerform class. The admin settings panel also provides a color picker and image upload for background customization without any coding.

Q: How do I display the registration form on a custom page?

Add the shortcode [access_ninja] to any WordPress page or post. The form will automatically include all configured custom fields, OTP verification, and background customization. The legacy shortcode [registration_ninja] also continues to work for backward compatibility.

Q: What field types are supported for custom registration fields?

Access Ninja supports seven field types: text (single-line), email (with validation), number (numeric), textarea (multi-line), dropdown (select), radio (radio button group), and checkbox (single or multiple options).

Q: How do I restrict registration to specific email domains?

Go to Access Ninja → Settings and enter the allowed email domains separated by commas (e.g., company.com, example.org). Leave the field empty to allow all email domains. Save settings to apply restrictions immediately.

Q: How do I configure the OTP verification settings?

Navigate to Access Ninja → Settings, then enable or disable OTP verification, set the OTP expiry time in minutes, and choose the OTP length between 4 and 10 digits. Save your settings when done.

Q: Does Access Ninja work with the default WordPress login/registration page?

Yes. The plugin automatically enhances the default WordPress registration page at wp-login.php?action=register with custom fields and OTP verification — no shortcode required for that integration.

Q: How do I reorder the custom registration fields?

Access Ninja provides an intuitive drag-and-drop interface in the Access Ninja → Custom Fields admin screen. Simply drag fields into the desired order and save to update the form display.

Q: Is Access Ninja compatible with my existing WordPress theme?

Yes. The plugin is designed to be theme-compatible and works with all popular WordPress themes. It follows WordPress coding standards and best practices to minimize conflicts.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are required?

Access Ninja requires at least WordPress 5.0 and PHP 7.2. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4.

Q: Can users request a new OTP if they don't receive the first one?

Yes. The plugin includes a resend OTP feature that allows users to request a new OTP code if they did not receive or their code expired, ensuring they can always complete the verification process.

Q: Where is the plugin installed on the server?

Upload the plugin files to the /wp-content/plugins/wppfu-otp-login directory, or install it directly through the WordPress admin Plugins screen and activate it from there.

Q: Is there a free version of Access Ninja available?

Based on available documentation, Access Ninja is offered as a premium plugin priced at $49. No free or lite version is mentioned in the provided documentation.

Requirements: Access Ninja requires WordPress 5.0 or higher and PHP 7.2 or higher. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4 and works with all popular WordPress themes.

Pricing: Access Ninja is a premium WordPress plugin priced at $49 (one-time purchase based on available product page data). No free version, subscription tiers, or multisite licensing details are mentioned in the provided documentation. Contact the developer at wppluginsforyou.com for licensing clarifications.

View product →

Product

Advance Audio Magic WordPress Interactive Content Plugin

Advanced Audio Magic is a WordPress plugin that transforms static images into interactive hotspot experiences by letting you draw precise clickable regions — rectangles, circles, polygons, freehand shapes, and more — directly onto any image. Each hotspot can carry its own audio narration, video, gallery, headline, description, and link, all triggered by click or hover and presented as a tooltip, popover, modal, or drawer. A single shortcode embeds the finished interactive image anywhere on your WordPress site.

Best for: Content creators, educators, e-commerce store owners, real estate marketers, and support teams who need to attach rich media explanations to specific regions of an image without writing any code.

Key features
  • Interactive Hotspot Builder with rectangle, circle, plus marker, triangle, polygon, and freehand drawing tools — fully selectable, movable, and resizable
  • Per-hotspot content blocks: individual headline, description, optional link (label + URL), and media attachments so nothing is shared between regions by accident
  • Rich media attachments via HTTPS URL or WordPress Media Library — images, galleries, video, and WAV/MP3 audio
  • Popup theme control with light, dark, brand, and high-contrast presets plus fully custom background, text, and border colors
  • Flexible trigger modes (click, hover, or both) and presentation modes (tooltip, popover, modal, or drawer)
  • Autoplay-friendly media including YouTube-style embeds where browsers allow, optional numbered hotspot labels, and hotspot visibility control (always visible or reveal on hover/focus)
Use cases
  • E-commerce product photos with clickable feature callouts and bundle highlights on each component
  • Educational diagrams and anatomy lessons with numbered hotspot steps and audio narration for students
  • Real estate and travel pages with location and amenity highlights pinned to maps and property photos
  • Support and documentation sites with 'click this part' guidance overlaid on UI screenshots and mockups
  • Music teachers and instructors embedding audio explanations onto sheet music or instrument diagrams
FAQs (15)

Q: How do I add the interactive image to a page or post?

After building and saving your interactive item in the plugin's canvas editor, the plugin generates a unique shortcode. Paste that shortcode into any WordPress page, post, or widget area and the interactive image will render there automatically.

Q: What hotspot shapes can I draw?

You can draw rectangles, circles, plus markers, triangles, polygons, and freehand shapes. All regions can be selected, moved, resized, and deleted after drawing so every hotspot aligns exactly with the part of the image it describes.

Q: What media types can I attach to a hotspot?

Each hotspot supports images, image galleries, video, and audio. You can supply media via a direct HTTPS URL or pick files from the WordPress Media Library. WAV and MP3 audio formats are both supported.

Q: Can hotspots autoplay audio or video when opened?

Yes. The plugin includes an autoplay-friendly option for video and audio, including YouTube-style embeds where supported. Browser autoplay policies apply, so silent or muted autoplay is most reliable across all browsers.

Q: What trigger options are available for hotspots?

You can configure each interactive item to trigger hotspots on click, on hover, or on both. This lets you match the interaction style to your content — hover for quick tooltips, click for detailed modals.

Q: What presentation formats can the hotspot content use?

Content can appear as a tooltip, popover, modal, or drawer. Pick the format that suits your layout — tooltips for quick hints, modals for rich media, drawers for longer explanations without covering the whole image.

Q: Can I style the popups to match my brand?

Yes. Four preset themes are available — light, dark, brand, and high contrast. You can also switch to fully custom colors for the popup background, text, and border independently.

Q: Are hotspot shapes always visible, or can they be hidden?

Both options are available. You can keep hotspot shapes permanently visible for clarity, or set them to reveal only on hover or focus for a cleaner, minimal image until a visitor actively engages.

Q: Can I add numbered labels to hotspots for step-by-step guides?

Yes. Numbered hotspot labels can be turned on or off per interactive item. Enable them for sequential step guides and disable them when you want a cleaner visual without numbers.

Q: Do I need coding skills to use this plugin?

No. The plugin is designed for non-developers. Installation is a one-click upload through WordPress Admin, and all hotspot creation, media attachment, and styling is done through a drag-and-drop canvas interface.

Q: Can I reuse the same interactive image on multiple pages?

Yes. Each interactive item has a single shortcode that is portable and repeatable — paste it on as many pages or posts as needed without rebuilding the hotspots.

Q: What audio file formats does the plugin support?

The plugin supports WAV and MP3 audio files, giving you flexibility for both high-quality recordings and compressed files optimised for web delivery across different browsers.

Q: Can each hotspot have its own unique content, or is content shared?

Every hotspot has its own completely independent content block — headline, description, optional link, and media. You edit one hotspot at a time and content is never shared between regions.

Q: What types of sites is this plugin best suited for?

The plugin is designed for e-commerce (product photo callouts), education and training (diagram steps), real estate and travel (map highlights), and support/documentation (UI screenshot guidance).

Q: What does the licence include?

The plugin is sold at $99 USD with an annual licence that includes free updates throughout the licence period. It is available as an instant download from the product page.

Requirements: No specific PHP or WordPress minimum version is stated in the available documentation. The plugin installs through standard WordPress Admin upload, so any modern WordPress hosting environment that supports shortcodes and the WordPress Media Library should be compatible.

Pricing: Advanced Audio Magic is priced at $99 USD as a one-time annual licence purchase. The licence includes an instant download, free updates for the licence period, and covers use on a WordPress site. No multi-site or lifetime tier pricing is mentioned in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

AI Quiz Generator for LearnDash

AI Quiz Generator for LearnDash is a WordPress admin plugin that connects GPT-4, Claude (Anthropic), and Google Gemini directly to your LearnDash LMS, generating complete quiz content from a topic prompt and publishing it as real LearnDash quizzes and questions in seconds. It supports manual on-demand generation, a preview-and-publish workflow, and fully automated scheduled quiz creation via WordPress Cron. Optional features include LaTeX rendering, per-question hints, and correct/incorrect feedback messages.

Best for: LearnDash course creators, eLearning instructors, and online education businesses who need to build or scale quiz libraries quickly without manually writing every question.

Key features
  • Multi-provider AI support: OpenAI GPT-4, Claude (claude-3-sonnet-20240229), and Google Gemini (gemini-1.5-flash-latest) with automatic fallback if one provider fails
  • Manual quiz generation with topic/prompt input, question count (1–50), question type (single-choice or multi-choice), and in-admin preview before publishing
  • One-click publish to LearnDash: creates sfwd-quiz and sfwd-question posts with full ProQuiz integration, passing score, course/lesson assignment, and points per question
  • Automated scheduled generation via WordPress Cron with configurable frequency (hourly, daily, weekly, monthly) and a random-topic-from-topic-bank selection
  • Optional LaTeX support using [latex]...[/latex] tags with MathJax enqueued automatically on LearnDash quiz and question pages
  • Per-provider API key management with a built-in 'Test API' button for real-time connection validation before generating content
Use cases
  • Generating a full quiz library for a new course in hours instead of days
  • Automatically scheduling weekly or monthly quizzes from a topic bank without manual intervention
  • Creating math or science quizzes with LaTeX-formatted equations rendered via MathJax
  • Assigning AI-generated quizzes directly to specific LearnDash courses and lessons in one click
  • Maintaining consistent quiz quality across a large course catalog by using structured AI-generated questions with hints and answer feedback
FAQs (15)

Q: Which AI providers does the plugin support?

The plugin supports OpenAI (GPT-4), Claude by Anthropic (claude-3-sonnet-20240229), and Google Gemini (gemini-1.5-flash-latest). A Grok placeholder exists in the codebase but is not yet functional and will throw an exception if selected.

Q: What happens if my primary AI provider fails during generation?

The plugin has automatic fallback logic. If a provider fails or is unavailable, it logs the exception and moves to the next provider in your configured api_order. If all providers fail, the generation throws an error and notifies you.

Q: What question types are supported?

The plugin supports single_choice (one correct answer) and multi_choice (multiple correct answers) question formats. Both types are fully mapped into LearnDash ProQuiz question and answer objects upon publishing.

Q: How many questions can I generate per quiz?

You can generate anywhere from 1 to 50 questions per quiz using the question count control in the manual generation UI.

Q: Does the plugin publish quizzes automatically, or do I review them first?

For manual generation, you get an in-admin preview after generation. You then set the quiz title, passing score, course/lesson assignment, and points per question before clicking publish. Scheduled (cron) generation publishes automatically using your saved default settings.

Q: How does the scheduled auto-posting feature work?

You provide a topic bank (one topic per line) and choose a cron frequency: hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly. At each scheduled interval, the plugin picks a random topic, generates questions using your AI provider settings, and publishes the quiz directly to LearnDash.

Q: Can I assign generated quizzes to specific courses and lessons?

Yes. During the publish step you can assign the quiz to a course and/or lesson. The LearnDash integration class links the sfwd-quiz post to the chosen course and lesson automatically.

Q: Is LaTeX / math notation supported?

Yes. Enable LaTeX in settings and the plugin will instruct the AI to wrap math expressions in [latex]...[/latex] tags. MathJax is automatically enqueued on LearnDash quiz and question pages to render them.

Q: Can quizzes include hints and answer feedback?

Yes. You can optionally enable correct_message, incorrect_message, and hint fields per question. These can be toggled for both manual generation and automated scheduled generation via the auto_include_messages and auto_include_hints settings.

Q: What are the minimum server requirements?

WordPress 5.0 or higher, PHP 7.4 or higher, LearnDash LMS installed and active, and at least one valid API key for OpenAI, Claude, or Google Gemini.

Q: Does the plugin work with LearnDash 4.0?

Yes. The product page confirms LearnDash 4.0+ compatibility, and the plugin guards against missing LearnDash installations by checking for the SFWD_LMS constant and displaying an admin notice if it is absent.

Q: What data is deleted when I uninstall the plugin?

Uninstalling the plugin deletes the ai_quiz_generator_settings and ai_quiz_generator_api_keys options from the WordPress database and clears the scheduled cron hook. Previously published LearnDash quizzes and questions are not deleted.

Q: How do I test whether my API keys are working?

Each provider in the settings panel has a 'Test API' button. Clicking it sends a small test prompt to that provider and returns a success or error message in the UI, so you can confirm connectivity before generating content.

Q: Where do I find the generated quizzes in LearnDash after publishing?

After publishing, the plugin returns a direct edit link to the new quiz. Quizzes are created as sfwd-quiz posts and appear in the standard LearnDash Quizzes list. Questions are created as sfwd-question posts linked to the quiz.

Q: Does the plugin require any coding knowledge to use?

No. All configuration, generation, preview, and publishing happens through a dedicated top-level 'AI Quiz Generator' menu in the WordPress admin panel with no code editing required.

Requirements: WordPress 5.0+ and PHP 7.4+ are required, along with LearnDash LMS installed and active. At least one valid API key for OpenAI, Claude, or Google Gemini must be provided.

Pricing: The plugin is a one-time purchase priced at $69. The product page states free updates are included. No mention of annual renewals, multi-site licensing tiers, or a free trial is present in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

Cookie Confirmer Pro

Cookie Confirmer Pro is a self-hosted WordPress cookie consent plugin that helps websites comply with GDPR, CCPA, LGPD, UK GDPR, and other privacy regulations. It automatically scans for cookies and tracking scripts, blocks them until consent is given, and stores all consent data locally in your WordPress database with no external API dependencies. It includes Google Consent Mode v2, geo-targeting, consent analytics, and a customizable banner — all for a one-time fee.

Best for: Cookie Confirmer Pro is ideal for WordPress agencies, freelancers, WooCommerce store owners, bloggers, and marketers who need reliable multi-regulation cookie consent without recurring per-domain or per-pageview fees.

Key features
  • Auto Cookie Scanner — detects cookies, external scripts, inline scripts, iframes, and tracking pixels on your site and auto-categorizes them using a built-in pattern database of 100+ known trackers
  • Real Script Blocking — uses WordPress's script_loader_tag filter and output buffering to block non-essential scripts, iframes (YouTube, Vimeo), and tracking pixels until consent is granted
  • Google Consent Mode v2 — full support for ad_storage, ad_user_data, ad_personalization, and analytics_storage signals required for Google Ads in EU markets
  • Smart Geo-Targeting — detects visitor location via free GeoIP APIs and automatically serves GDPR mode for EU, CCPA for California, LGPD for Brazil, or a global banner
  • Consent Analytics & Export — dashboard showing accept/reject/custom rates by country and regulation, with consent logs exportable to CSV for compliance audits
  • 100% Local Data Storage — all consent records stored in your WordPress database; IP addresses are hashed, no data sent to external servers, no usage limits
Use cases
  • Agencies managing multiple client sites who need to deploy GDPR/CCPA-compliant cookie consent without paying per-domain subscription fees
  • WooCommerce store owners who need to block marketing and analytics scripts (Meta Pixel, Google Analytics) until visitors consent
  • Marketers running Google Ads campaigns in EU markets who must implement Google Consent Mode v2 (required since March 2024)
  • Bloggers and publishers with EU, US, or Brazilian visitors who need geo-targeted banners that automatically apply the correct regulation
  • Developers and site owners who want a privacy-first solution where visitor consent data never leaves their own server
FAQs (15)

Q: Does Cookie Confirmer Pro slow down my site?

No. The plugin is optimized for performance with frontend assets totaling approximately 15KB combined, loaded asynchronously. There are zero external API calls made on page load, so there is no third-party latency.

Q: Is this plugin GDPR compliant?

Yes. It provides explicit consent, granular category selection across five categories, a full consent log, the ability to withdraw consent, and consent renewal when the banner version changes or consent expires — all GDPR requirements.

Q: Does it work with caching plugins?

Yes. Cookie Confirmer Pro is compatible with all major caching plugins including WP Rocket, W3 Total Cache, LiteSpeed Cache, and WP Super Cache.

Q: Can I use this on client sites?

Yes. There are no per-domain or per-site restrictions. You can install and use Cookie Confirmer Pro on as many WordPress sites as you need with a single purchase.

Q: What cookie categories does the plugin create by default?

Five categories are created on activation: Strictly Necessary (essential, always active), Functional, Analytics & Performance, Marketing & Advertising, and Social Media. Non-essential categories are off by default and require user consent.

Q: How does script blocking actually work?

The plugin uses WordPress's script_loader_tag filter to change script types to text/plain and add data-ccp-blocked attributes, preventing execution. Output buffering also catches inline scripts, tracking pixels, and iframes, replacing them with placeholders until consent is granted.

Q: Does the plugin block YouTube and Vimeo embeds?

Yes. Iframes from YouTube, Vimeo, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and LinkedIn are replaced with placeholder elements containing an 'Allow cookies' button. They load only after the visitor grants consent for the relevant category.

Q: Where is consent data stored?

All consent data is stored in your WordPress database in custom tables (ccp_categories, ccp_cookies, ccp_scripts, ccp_scan_results). No data is sent to external servers. IP addresses are hashed, not stored in plain text.

Q: Which privacy regulations are supported?

The plugin supports GDPR (EU), UK GDPR, CCPA/CPRA (California), VCDPA (Virginia), CPA (Colorado), LGPD (Brazil), PIPEDA (Canada), and POPIA (South Africa).

Q: How does geo-targeting work and does it cost extra?

The plugin detects visitor location using free GeoIP APIs at no additional cost. It automatically applies GDPR rules for EU visitors, CCPA for California, LGPD for Brazil, or you can configure it to show the banner to everyone globally.

Q: What banner layouts and positions are available?

Three layouts are available: bar, box, and modal. Positions include bottom, top, bottom-left, and bottom-right. Colors, button text, and all copy (title, description, accept/reject labels) are fully customizable.

Q: How long is consent stored and can it expire?

Consent expiry is configurable in days via the ccp_consent_expiry_days setting (default is 365 days). Consent is also renewed automatically when the banner version changes or the expiry timestamp passes.

Q: Does the cookie scanner run automatically?

Yes. A daily WordPress cron job (ccp_auto_scan_cookies) runs a quick scan of the homepage automatically. You can also trigger a manual quick or full scan from the admin. The full scan covers the homepage, up to 10 random posts/pages, and WooCommerce pages if active.

Q: Is there a consent log I can export for audits?

Yes. The Consent Analytics dashboard tracks accept rates, reject rates, and custom selections by country, regulation, and day. Consent logs can be exported to CSV for use in compliance audits.

Q: Will the banner show to logged-in administrators?

By default, the banner is skipped for logged-in administrators. You can enable it for admins by turning on the ccp_show_to_admins setting in the plugin configuration.

Requirements: Cookie Confirmer Pro requires WordPress 5.8 or higher and PHP 7.4 or higher. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4 and has no external hosting or API account requirements.

Pricing: Cookie Confirmer Pro is sold for a one-time fee of $49 USD with no recurring charges. There are no per-domain, per-site, or per-pageview fees — the plugin can be used on unlimited sites. The purchase includes 1 year of support and access to detailed documentation. There is currently one tier with no mentioned free or lite version.

View product →

Product

Excel to Sensei Quiz Importer WordPress Plugin

Excel to Sensei Quiz Importer is a WordPress plugin that lets course creators bulk-import quiz questions from a pre-formatted Excel spreadsheet directly into the Sensei LMS Question Bank in a single action. It supports multiple question types including multiple-choice, true/false, single-line, multi-line, and fill-in-the-gap. The plugin eliminates manual question-by-question entry inside the WordPress quiz editor, saving hours of repetitive work.

Best for: Sensei LMS course creators, instructional designers, and eLearning teams who need to build or update large question banks quickly without manual data entry inside WordPress.

Key features
  • Direct Excel-to-Sensei import — pushes questions from a spreadsheet into the Sensei Question Bank without touching the WordPress quiz editor
  • Multiple question type support — multiple-choice, single-line answer, multi-line answer, boolean true/false, and fill-in-the-gap
  • Correct answer mapping — multiple-choice correct answers are mapped directly from spreadsheet cells
  • Question Bank integration — imported questions are added to Sensei's native Question Bank for reuse across multiple courses
  • Ready-made Excel templates — purpose-built, pre-formatted templates for each question type are included in the download folder
  • Bundled step-by-step how-to guide — a full installation and usage guide is included in the download folder alongside the plugin and templates
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing hundreds of multiple-choice exam questions from a subject-matter expert's spreadsheet into Sensei LMS in minutes
  • Delegating quiz content creation to an assistant or external writer who fills in an Excel template offline, then importing the completed file
  • Rapidly rebuilding or updating a course question bank when a course curriculum changes without re-entering every question manually
  • Creating compliance training true/false knowledge-check quizzes at scale for corporate eLearning programmes
  • Importing cloze-style fill-in-the-gap questions for language learning or technical terminology assessments
FAQs (15)

Q: What do I receive when I purchase this plugin?

You receive a zip file containing three items: the actual plugin file for installation, a folder of purpose-built Excel templates pre-formatted for each question type, and a step-by-step how-to guide covering installation, template use, and the full import process.

Q: Which question types can I import?

The plugin supports five question types: multiple-choice (with correct answer mapping), single-line text answer, multi-line paragraph answer, boolean true/false, and fill-in-the-gap (cloze-style) questions.

Q: Do I need to know how to code to use this plugin?

No coding is required. You fill in the provided Excel template, then use the plugin's import interface inside WordPress to upload the file. The bundled how-to guide walks you through every step.

Q: Which version of Sensei LMS is required?

The plugin works with Sensei LMS version 2.0 and above.

Q: Which version of WordPress is required?

WordPress 5.2 or higher is required.

Q: Where do imported questions go inside Sensei?

All imported questions are added directly to Sensei's native Question Bank, keeping content organised and reusable across multiple courses.

Q: Do I need to create my own spreadsheet format?

No. The download includes ready-made Excel templates that are already pre-formatted for each supported question type. You simply fill in your content and import.

Q: Can I use this plugin to delegate quiz creation to someone outside WordPress?

Yes. A subject-matter expert, writer, or assistant can fill in the Excel template without needing any WordPress access. You then handle the import step yourself.

Q: How many questions can I import at once?

The product page references importing up to 200 quiz questions in a single action, dramatically reducing the time compared to manual entry.

Q: Is support included with the purchase?

Yes. Free support and plugin updates are included with the $105/year licence.

Q: Is there a refund policy?

Yes. A 30-day full refund guarantee is offered. Contact support within 30 days of purchase if you are not satisfied.

Q: Does Sensei LMS have a built-in bulk import tool I could use instead?

No. Sensei does not include any native bulk import functionality for quiz questions. This plugin was built specifically to fill that gap.

Q: Will this plugin work if I update Sensei or WordPress in the future?

Free updates are included with your licence, which helps maintain compatibility as Sensei and WordPress are updated. Always ensure you are running the latest plugin version.

Q: Is the how-to guide included in the plugin download or separate?

The how-to guide is bundled inside the download folder alongside the plugin and Excel templates — no separate download is needed.

Q: What file format must I use for importing questions?

Questions must be entered into the provided Excel spreadsheet templates (.xlsx format). The plugin is designed specifically to read these pre-formatted template files.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.2 or higher and Sensei LMS 2.0 or higher. No specific PHP version is stated in the available documentation; standard WordPress-compatible hosting is expected.

Pricing: Single licence priced at $105 per year. Includes free support and plugin updates for the duration of the licence. A 30-day full refund guarantee is offered. No multi-site or tiered pricing tiers are mentioned in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

Export Learndash Course to Excel Spreadsheet

Export LearnDash Course to Excel Spreadsheet is a WordPress plugin that lets LearnDash users export their courses — including lessons, topics, categories, tags, featured image links, and progressive video course data — into an Excel or CSV file with just a few clicks. It is designed to save time when backing up or migrating course content between WordPress sites. For full site migration, it works in tandem with a companion Course Import plugin.

Best for: LearnDash course creators, eLearning developers, and WordPress site administrators who need to back up, audit, or migrate LearnDash course content between websites.

Key features
  • Export all courses or select individual courses for export
  • Includes all associated lessons, topics, categories, and tags in the export
  • Exports featured image links for courses, lessons, and topics (where available)
  • Exports progressive video course options and video URLs (not the actual video files)
  • Outputs data in Excel/CSV spreadsheet format for easy editing and portability
  • Compatible with a companion Course Import plugin for full site-to-site migration
Use cases
  • Exporting all LearnDash courses at once to a single Excel/CSV file for backup purposes
  • Migrating LearnDash courses from a staging site to a live production site
  • Transferring courses from one WordPress installation to another using the paired import plugin
  • Auditing course structure — lessons, topics, categories, and tags — in a spreadsheet
  • Extracting progressive video course URLs and settings for review or republishing
FAQs (15)

Q: What data is included in the export?

The export includes all courses, their associated lessons, topics, categories, tags, featured image links (for courses, lessons, and topics), and progressive video course options including video URLs. Actual video files are not exported.

Q: Are quizzes exported by this plugin?

No. Quizzes are not exported by this plugin. You need to use a separate Quiz Exporter and Quiz Importer plugin to handle quiz data.

Q: Can I export all courses at once?

Yes. You can either click on an individual listed course to export it, or select all courses to export everything in a single operation.

Q: Can I use this plugin to migrate courses from one site to another?

Yes. Export your courses with this plugin, then use the companion LearnDash Course Import plugin on the destination site. The migration can be completed in minutes.

Q: Does the export include the actual video files for video courses?

No. For progressive video courses, only the video URLs and associated settings/options are exported — not the actual video files.

Q: How many domains does one license cover?

Each purchase grants an API license for one live domain. If you need to test on a staging site first, email support to request a one-time additional API key for the staging environment.

Q: Can I use the plugin on a staging site before deploying to production?

Yes. If you activate your license on a staging site first and then want to deploy to a live site, simply email support requesting a one-time additional API key for the staging environment.

Q: What format is the exported file?

Courses are exported as an Excel spreadsheet (CSV-compatible format), making it easy to open, edit, and re-import the data.

Q: Do I get free updates with my purchase?

Yes. Free updates are included for the duration of your subscription.

Q: Is support included with the purchase?

Yes. Free support is provided for the duration of your subscription period.

Q: Do I need to buy anything else to fully migrate a LearnDash course to another site?

Yes. You also need the companion Course Import plugin to import the exported spreadsheet into the destination site. The two plugins together complete the full migration workflow.

Q: Are featured images exported?

Featured image links (URLs) are exported for courses, lessons, and topics where available. The actual image files are not downloaded — only the links.

Q: Where do I find the export option after installing the plugin?

After installation and activation, navigate to the plugin's entry in your WordPress sidebar. All LearnDash courses will be listed there, ready for individual or bulk export.

Q: What is the current price of the plugin?

The plugin is currently on sale at $95 (regular price $125). Each purchase covers a single-domain license.

Q: Is there a video tutorial available?

Yes. A video tutorial demonstrating LearnDash course export to Excel/CSV is available on YouTube, as well as a separate video showing how to migrate courses from one site to another.

Requirements: Requires an active LearnDash installation on WordPress. Specific PHP and WordPress version minimums were not detailed in the available documentation; contact support to confirm compatibility with your environment.

Pricing: Currently on sale at $95 (regular price $125). Each purchase includes a single-domain API license, free updates for the subscription duration, and free support for the subscription duration. A one-time additional API key is available on request for staging environments. Quizzes require a separately purchased Quiz Exporter/Importer plugin; course importing requires a separately purchased Course Import plugin.

View product →

Product

GS2WP Table WordPress Plugin

GS2WP Table WordPress Plugin connects your Google Spreadsheets to your WordPress site, displaying live data as HTML tables, Card views, or News-style layouts that update in near real-time whenever you publish changes in Google Sheets. It eliminates manual copy-pasting by syncing up to 1,000 rows and 20 columns per sheet across up to 25 connected spreadsheets. A single-cell publishing option is also available for displaying individual data points anywhere on your site.

Best for: WordPress site owners, content managers, and developers who regularly maintain data in Google Sheets and need that data displayed on their website without manual re-entry or stale tables.

Key features
  • Near real-time sync — WordPress table updates almost instantly after changes are published in Google Sheets
  • Three display formats: standard HTML table, Card view, and News view
  • Supports up to 1,000 rows and 20 columns per connected Google Sheet
  • Connect and manage up to 25 individual Google Sheets per WordPress installation
  • Single Cell Publishing — embed just one specific spreadsheet cell anywhere on a page or post
  • Shortcode-based embedding compatible with any WordPress page, post, or widget area
Use cases
  • Publishing a live product catalogue or pricing table driven entirely from a Google Sheet
  • Displaying team directories or staff profiles in a Card view layout without coding
  • Running a news or announcements feed updated automatically from a shared spreadsheet
  • Embedding a single live cell value — such as a price, count, or status — anywhere on a page
  • Managing multiple data tables across a WordPress site from up to 25 separate Google Sheets
FAQs (15)

Q: How does the real-time sync actually work?

Whenever you publish (save) changes in your Google Sheet, the plugin detects the update and refreshes the data displayed on your WordPress site almost instantly. You do not need to log in to WordPress or trigger any manual import — the sync happens automatically.

Q: What display layouts are available?

The plugin offers three layouts: a standard HTML data table, a Card view ideal for product listings or team profiles, and a News view suited to announcements or editorial feeds. All three are driven from the same Google Sheet data.

Q: How many rows and columns can each table handle?

Each connected Google Sheet supports up to 1,000 rows and up to 20 columns, making it suitable for substantial real-world datasets.

Q: Can I connect more than one Google Sheet?

Yes. You can connect up to 25 individual Google Sheets per WordPress installation, allowing you to run multiple independent tables across your site from different data sources.

Q: What is Single Cell Publishing?

Single Cell Publishing lets you display the value of just one specific cell from your Google Spreadsheet anywhere on a WordPress page or post — useful for showing a live price, stock count, status indicator, or any single data point.

Q: Do I need to know how to code to use this plugin?

No coding is required. You configure the connection through the plugin's settings panel and insert a shortcode into your page or post. The plugin handles all data fetching and rendering automatically.

Q: How do I embed a table on my WordPress page?

After connecting your Google Sheet and selecting a display format in the plugin settings, the plugin generates a shortcode. Paste that shortcode into any page, post, or widget area and the table will appear there.

Q: Is this plugin compatible with the WordPress block editor (Gutenberg)?

The plugin uses shortcodes for embedding, which are supported in the Classic block within the Gutenberg editor as well as in the Classic Editor plugin environment.

Q: What happens if my Google Sheet is empty or the connection fails?

If the sheet has no data or the connection cannot be established, the table area on your WordPress page will display nothing or a relevant error message rather than breaking the page layout.

Q: How much does the plugin cost and what does the licence cover?

The plugin is priced at $75 and is sold as an annual licence. The licence includes free updates for the duration of the licence period. It is available as an instant download from the product page.

Q: Can I use this plugin on multiple WordPress sites with one licence?

Specific multi-site or single-site licence terms are not detailed in the available documentation. Please contact the vendor at wppluginsforyou.com to confirm whether your licence covers one or multiple installations.

Q: Does the plugin support Google Sheets with images or rich formatting?

The documentation describes data row and column syncing. Support for embedded images or advanced cell formatting is not explicitly confirmed — the plugin is primarily designed to sync text and numeric data values.

Q: Will my table still display if Google Sheets is temporarily unavailable?

The plugin fetches data from Google Sheets. If Google's service is temporarily unavailable, the most recently cached data may continue to display depending on the plugin's caching behaviour, but live updates will pause until connectivity is restored.

Q: Is there a free trial or demo available?

A free trial is not mentioned, but the product page includes demo videos showing Card view, News view, and HTML table layouts, as well as a full setup walkthrough video, so you can evaluate the plugin's capabilities before purchasing.

Q: Where can I get support if I have trouble setting up the plugin?

Support is provided through wppluginsforyou.com. The product page also includes tutorial videos covering installation, setup, and all three display formats to help you get up and running quickly.

Requirements: Exact PHP and WordPress version minimums are not specified in the available documentation; the plugin is distributed as a standard WordPress plugin installable via the dashboard. A valid Google account with access to Google Sheets and appropriate API credentials is required for the sync connection.

Pricing: GS2WP Table is priced at $75 USD as an annual licence, sold as an instant download. The licence includes free plugin updates for the duration of the annual term. No free tier, lifetime licence, or multi-site pricing tiers are mentioned in the available documentation; contact the vendor for clarification on multi-site usage rights.

View product →

Product

Import Quiz from Excel to LifterLMS

Import Quiz from Excel to LifterLMS is a WordPress extension plugin that lets course creators bulk-import quiz questions directly from Excel spreadsheets or Google Sheets into LifterLMS with a single operation. It eliminates the need to manually enter each question inside the LifterLMS dashboard, saving significant time when building content-heavy courses. Questions are imported directly within the LifterLMS module structure and are immediately ready to assign to any lesson or course.

Best for: LifterLMS course creators, instructional designers, and online educators who need to efficiently build or update large banks of quiz questions without tedious manual data entry.

Key features
  • Import quiz questions from a formatted Excel (.xlsx) spreadsheet file
  • Import quiz questions directly from Google Sheets (added April 9, 2026 update)
  • Bulk quiz question creation in a single import operation
  • Native WordPress admin dashboard integration — no third-party tools or extra logins required
  • Questions imported directly within the LifterLMS module structure, immediately assignable to any lesson or course
  • Compatible with LifterLMS version 3.16 and onwards
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing hundreds of quiz questions from an existing Excel question bank into a new LifterLMS course
  • Updating or refreshing quiz content by editing questions in Google Sheets and re-importing without manual re-entry
  • Migrating quiz content prepared by a subject-matter expert in a spreadsheet directly into LifterLMS
  • Building multiple courses rapidly by reusing and adapting a master Excel question template for each course
  • Collaborating with a team on quiz content in Google Sheets and then publishing to LifterLMS in minutes
FAQs (15)

Q: What does this plugin actually do?

It lets you prepare quiz questions in an Excel spreadsheet or Google Sheets and import them into LifterLMS in bulk with a single operation, eliminating manual question-by-question data entry inside the LifterLMS editor.

Q: Does it support Google Sheets as well as Excel?

Yes. Google Sheets import was added in the April 9, 2026 update. You can now run a fully cloud-based question-building workflow by importing directly from Google Sheets, in addition to uploading a local Excel file.

Q: Which versions of LifterLMS are supported?

The plugin is compatible with LifterLMS version 3.16 and all later versions. It was updated on April 9, 2026 to maintain that compatibility as LifterLMS continues to evolve.

Q: How many sites can I use one licence on?

Each purchase includes a single-domain API licence, meaning the plugin can be activated and used on one domain at a time.

Q: Can I use the licence on a staging site first, then move it to my live site?

Yes. If you activated the API key on a staging domain, simply email the support team to request a one-time licence transfer to your live domain. There is no additional charge for this transfer.

Q: Is there a video showing how the import works?

Yes. A full video walkthrough is available on the product page so you can see exactly how the import process works before purchasing or setting up the plugin.

Q: What format does my spreadsheet need to be in?

You prepare your questions using the provided spreadsheet format, which includes columns for quiz questions, answer options, and correct answers. The product page recommends following this template to ensure a successful import.

Q: Do I need any third-party tools or accounts to use this plugin?

No. The plugin works entirely inside the WordPress admin dashboard as a native LifterLMS extension. No third-party services or extra logins are required (beyond Google Sheets if you choose that import method).

Q: Where do imported questions appear in LifterLMS?

Questions are imported directly within the LifterLMS module structure and are immediately ready to be assigned to any lesson or course — no additional mapping or configuration step is needed after import.

Q: How much does the plugin cost and what is included?

The plugin costs $75 USD per year for a single-site licence. This includes Excel and Google Sheets import, bulk question creation, free updates, and a single-domain API licence with staging-to-live transfer support.

Q: Are updates included with the purchase?

Yes. Each annual licence includes free updates, so you will receive any future improvements or compatibility fixes during your licence period.

Q: Can I re-import a spreadsheet if I update my quiz questions?

Yes. You can edit your questions in Excel or Google Sheets at any time and run a new import operation, avoiding the need to manually re-enter every updated question inside the LifterLMS dashboard.

Q: Do I need LifterLMS already installed?

Yes. This is an extension plugin for LifterLMS. LifterLMS must be installed and active on your WordPress site before you can install and use this plugin.

Q: How do I get support or request a licence transfer?

Support and licence transfer requests can be submitted by emailing the team directly. The product is sold by WP Plugins For You, and the team handles staging-to-live transfers via email at no extra cost.

Q: Is this an annual subscription or a one-time payment?

It is an annual licence at $75 USD per year. Renewing keeps your API key active and ensures you continue to receive free updates.

Requirements: Requires WordPress with LifterLMS version 3.16 or higher installed and active. A valid single-domain API licence key is required to activate and use the plugin; specific PHP or WordPress minimum versions are not publicly listed but standard modern WordPress hosting is recommended.

Pricing: Single pricing tier at $75 USD per year for one site. Includes an annual licence, free updates, Excel import, Google Sheets import, bulk question creation, and a single-domain API key. Staging-to-live licence transfers are available at no extra cost by emailing the support team. No lifetime or multi-site pricing tiers are listed.

View product →

Product

LdashPress Plugin : Migration of Course Made Easy!

LdashPress is a WordPress plugin that enables bidirectional course migration between LearnDash and LearnPress LMS platforms using a JSON export/import workflow. It transfers courses, lessons, topics, quizzes, questions, enrolled users, and associated metadata without manual rebuilding. The process involves exporting a JSON file from the source LMS and importing it into the destination — all managed through an intuitive admin dashboard.

Best for: WordPress site owners, e-learning developers, and course creators who need to switch between LearnDash and LearnPress without manually rebuilding their course library.

Key features
  • Bidirectional migration: LearnDash → LearnPress and LearnPress → LearnDash in a single plugin
  • JSON export/import workflow — export from source LMS, import into destination in two clean steps
  • Full content migration: courses, lessons, topics, quizzes, questions, taxonomies, post meta, and featured images
  • Enrolled user migration with enrollment timestamps preserved
  • Question type mapping between platforms (e.g., single_choice ↔ single, fill_in_blanks ↔ cloze_answer)
  • REST API-powered admin UI with Vue.js frontend, accessible under Settings > LDashPress Settings
Use cases
  • Migrating an entire LearnDash course library — including quizzes and enrolled users — to LearnPress after switching LMS platforms
  • Moving LearnPress courses, lessons, and quiz content into LearnDash for access to its advanced quiz engine or group features
  • Consolidating multiple LMS sites by exporting courses from one platform and importing them into a unified installation
  • Testing course content on a second LMS platform before fully committing to a platform switch
  • Preserving student enrollment records and access timestamps during a platform migration
FAQs (15)

Q: Which LMS platforms does LdashPress support?

LdashPress supports LearnDash (sfwd-* post types and ProQuiz tables) and LearnPress (lp_* post types and LearnPress custom tables). Migration works in both directions within a single plugin purchase.

Q: Does migration work both ways — LearnDash to LearnPress AND LearnPress to LearnDash?

Yes. LdashPress fully supports both directions. You can export from LearnDash and import into LearnPress, or export from LearnPress and import into LearnDash — all from the same plugin and admin interface.

Q: What content is migrated?

The plugin migrates courses, lessons, topics (treated as lessons during export), quizzes, and questions — including post content, titles, excerpts, statuses, authors, post meta, taxonomies, featured images, course structure/sections, quiz answers, question types, and enrolled users with timestamps.

Q: Are enrolled users migrated as well?

Yes. Enrolled user data is included in the export and re-created on import. LearnDash enrollment uses usermeta keys (learndash_course_{id}_enrolled_at, course_{id}_access_from); LearnPress enrollment is inserted into the learnpress_user_items table.

Q: How does the migration process work technically?

LdashPress uses two REST API endpoints (POST /ldpress/v1/export_data/ and POST /ldpress/v1/import_data/). The admin UI calls export to generate a JSON dataset from the source LMS, then calls import with that dataset targeting the destination LMS.

Q: Do I need developer or technical knowledge to use this plugin?

No. The plugin provides a user-friendly admin dashboard under Settings > LDashPress Settings. The Vue.js-powered interface is designed to be accessible to all user levels without requiring coding or developer expertise.

Q: How are quiz question types handled between the two platforms?

The plugin maps question types automatically. LearnPress→LearnDash: single_choice→single, multi_choice→multiple, true_or_false→sort_answer, fill_in_blanks→cloze_answer. LearnDash→LearnPress: single→single_choice, multiple→multi_choice, sort_answer/matrix_sort_answer→true_or_false, free_answer/cloze_answer→fill_in_blanks.

Q: Are featured images transferred during migration?

Yes. The plugin downloads the featured image from the source URL, creates a WordPress attachment, and sets it as the post thumbnail on the migrated content in the destination LMS.

Q: What happens to lesson videos during migration?

The plugin handles lesson video migration between LMS formats. It extracts YouTube URLs and removes iframes from lesson content during processing so video references are preserved in a compatible format for the destination platform.

Q: How many domains can I use the plugin on?

Each purchase includes a Single Domain API Licence, valid for use on one domain only. Additional domain licences would require additional purchases.

Q: Do I receive updates after purchase?

Yes. Free updates and support are included for as long as your subscription remains active, keeping the plugin compatible with the latest versions of both LearnDash and LearnPress.

Q: Where do I find the plugin settings in WordPress?

After activation, navigate to Settings > LDashPress Settings in your WordPress admin. The plugin automatically detects which LMS is active (sfwd_lms or learnpress) and pre-selects the source accordingly.

Q: Does the plugin need both LearnDash and LearnPress installed at the same time?

Yes. Both plugins must be installed and active on the same WordPress site for the migration to work. If neither is detected, LdashPress will display an admin error notice.

Q: What version of LdashPress is currently available?

The current documented version is 1.0.0.

Q: Is there a sample file I can use to test the import?

Yes. The plugin includes a sample/test JSON payload file at inc/test.json inside the plugin directory, which can be used for migration testing before running a live migration.

Requirements: Both LearnDash and LearnPress must be installed and active on the WordPress site for the plugin to function; the plugin will display an admin error notice if neither is detected. No specific PHP or WordPress minimum version is listed in the documentation, so standard WordPress hosting requirements apply.

Pricing: LdashPress is priced at $125 per purchase. Each purchase includes a Single Domain API Licence (valid for one domain), free plugin updates, and support for as long as the subscription remains active. No multi-domain or multi-site tier is documented.

View product →

Product

Learndash Assignment Plagiarism Checker Plugin

LearnDash Plagiarism Checker is a WordPress plugin that extends LearnDash LMS to allow administrators and instructors to check student-submitted assignment and essay files for plagiarism directly from the WordPress admin. It integrates with three third-party plagiarism detection services — CopyLeaks, Unicheck, and Oxsic — via their APIs, displaying similarity scores and detailed reports alongside each submission. The plugin does not perform its own text analysis; it acts as a connector to external services.

Best for: LearnDash-based online course administrators, instructors, and educators who need to verify academic integrity by detecting plagiarism in student-uploaded assignments and essays.

Key features
  • Dedicated Plagiarism Checker settings tab under LearnDash LMS Settings for entering API credentials for CopyLeaks, Unicheck, and Oxsic
  • Custom Plagiarism Checker admin column on both Assignments (sfwd-assignment) and Essays (sfwd-essays) list screens with a one-click Check button per submission
  • Simultaneous scan requests to all configured providers when Check is clicked, with AJAX-based real-time status updates
  • CopyLeaks integration: OAuth token caching, sandbox mode toggle, aggregated similarity score, and a detailed modal report (internet + database matches, word counts)
  • Unicheck integration: similarity percentage result with a PDF report stored in uploads
  • Oxsic integration: similarity score, HTML report viewer, and REST API callback URL registration for async scan completion
Use cases
  • Run one-click plagiarism checks on student assignment files submitted through LearnDash lessons or topics
  • Simultaneously scan a submission against multiple plagiarism providers (CopyLeaks, Unicheck, Oxsic) to cross-verify results
  • View detailed similarity reports including internet matches, database matches, and word-level breakdowns for CopyLeaks results
  • Enforce academic integrity policies on e-learning platforms by identifying copied content before grading
  • Allow Group Leaders, Teachers, and Editors (not just Admins) to initiate plagiarism scans from the assignment list screen
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnDash?

No. The plugin checks that sfwd-lms/sfwd_lms.php is active. If LearnDash is not active, the plugin does not load and registers no functionality whatsoever.

Q: Do I need accounts with all three plagiarism services?

No. You only need to configure the providers you use. The Plagiarism Checker column in the admin shows a row only for providers whose API credentials have been entered and saved in settings.

Q: Which LearnDash post types does the plugin support?

LearnDash Assignments (sfwd-assignment) and Essays (sfwd-essays). Assignment files are read from the file_link post meta; essays use the upload post meta.

Q: Who can run a plagiarism check?

Users with any of these roles: Administrator, Group Leader, Teacher, or Editor. The AJAX scan endpoint is nonce-protected and restricted to these roles.

Q: Why does CopyLeaks show 'Scanning...' for a long time?

CopyLeaks processes scans asynchronously and delivers results via webhook to the plugin's REST endpoint. Click Check again to refresh or resend webhooks if a scan was already requested but results have not yet been stored.

Q: What callback URL does Oxsic need?

Register {your-site-url}/wp-json/lmspc/v1/oxsic-callback at your Oxsic API settings page. The exact URL is displayed in the Plagiarism Checker → Oxsic Settings section in your WordPress admin.

Q: Is the plagiarism detection engine built into the plugin?

No. The plugin connects to external APIs (CopyLeaks, Unicheck, Oxsic). You must purchase credits or a subscription from at least one of those services separately before the plugin can return results.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are required?

The plugin requires at least WordPress 5.0 and PHP 7.0+. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4. The product page notes it has also been tested on PHP 8.0 and WordPress 6.0.

Q: Can I use all three plagiarism services at the same time?

Yes. If you configure credentials for CopyLeaks, Unicheck, and Oxsic, clicking Check on a submission will simultaneously send scan requests to all three providers and display each result separately.

Q: Does CopyLeaks have a sandbox or test mode?

Yes. The plugin includes a CopyLeaks sandbox mode toggle in the Plagiarism Checker settings. Sandbox mode uses separate post meta keys so test results don't overwrite live scan data.

Q: How is the CopyLeaks access token managed?

The plugin performs an OAuth-style login to CopyLeaks and caches the access token in a WordPress transient named plagiarism_checker_copyleaks_token to avoid repeated authentication requests.

Q: What details are shown in the CopyLeaks report?

The CopyLeaks modal report shows total words, excluded words, identical/minor/related word counts, an internet match table, and a database match table, along with an aggregated similarity percentage.

Q: Can I use this plugin on multiple websites?

The standard license covers one domain only. If you need to use the plugin on more than one site, you must purchase a developer account, which grants a multi-domain license as part of the membership plan.

Q: Are there any front-end plagiarism features visible to students?

No. The plugin only adds UI within the WordPress admin — specifically in the LearnDash Settings area and the Assignments/Essays list screens. There is no front-end student-facing plagiarism interface.

Q: Does the plugin support Copyscape or PlagScan?

Not in the current release (v1.0.0). PHP files for those services exist in the package but are not included by the main plugin file. Only CopyLeaks, Unicheck, and Oxsic are active in this version.

Requirements: Requires PHP 7.0+ (cURL required for Oxsic), WordPress 5.0+, and LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms/sfwd_lms.php) must be active — the plugin does not load without it. The server must support outbound HTTPS to provider APIs and inbound HTTPS for CopyLeaks and Oxsic webhook callbacks.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $75 for a single-domain license. Updates and support are provided free for the duration of the active subscription. For use on more than one website, a developer account with a multi-domain license is available as a separate membership plan. API credits or subscriptions for CopyLeaks, Unicheck, and/or Oxsic must be purchased separately from those respective vendors.

View product →

Product

Learndash Certificate Downloader Plugin

LearnDash Certificate Downloader is a WordPress admin plugin that extends LearnDash LMS with tools to search learners by username or email, download individual or bulk certificates as a ZIP file, and optionally sync certificates to a configured Google Drive folder via OAuth 2.0. It operates entirely within the WordPress admin area — there is no student-facing interface. It is designed to save administrators hours of manual certificate management work.

Best for: WordPress site administrators managing a LearnDash LMS who need to efficiently find, download, and back up student course completion certificates.

Key features
  • Search learners by username or email with results limited to subscriber, customer, and group_leader roles
  • Unified certificate dashboard listing all completed courses, certificate issue dates, and download links per learner
  • Bulk download of selected certificates as a single ZIP file (certificates.zip) via server-side PDF fetch
  • Google Drive OAuth 2.0 integration to sync individual or bulk certificates to a designated Drive folder
  • Automatic deduplication on Google Drive — existing files with the same name are updated rather than duplicated
  • Single Domain API licence with a free staging site API key available on request at no extra cost
Use cases
  • Searching for a specific student's certificates by username or email and downloading them individually
  • Bulk-exporting all selected student certificates as a single ZIP file for record-keeping or auditing
  • Automatically syncing certificates to a Google Drive folder as an off-site backup to protect against server failure
  • Pushing a single updated certificate to Google Drive on demand using the individual Sync to Drive action
  • Testing the plugin configuration on a staging site before deploying to production using a free additional API key
FAQs (15)

Q: Who can access the plugin's admin pages?

Both admin screens require the manage_options capability, which is typically held only by WordPress Administrators. Standard subscribers, customers, or other roles cannot access Download Certificates or Certificate Drive Settings.

Q: Which users appear in the certificate search results?

The search queries WordPress users with the roles subscriber, customer, or group_leader. Only courses with a LearnDash status of 'completed' for the searched user are listed in results.

Q: Do I need Google Drive to download certificates?

No. Individual download links and bulk ZIP export work without any Google Drive configuration. Drive is only required when you want to use Sync to Drive or Sync Selected to Drive features.

Q: What filename format is used when certificates are synced to Google Drive?

Files are named using the format: {user display name} - {course title}.pdf, sanitized for safe filenames. If a file with the same name already exists in the target folder, the plugin updates it instead of creating a duplicate.

Q: Why is my bulk download failing for some certificates?

Certificates are fetched server-side using the current admin session cookies. The certificate URL must return a valid PDF (HTTP 200 and content starting with %PDF). Check your server error log for specific fetch failure details.

Q: Where are the plugin settings stored in the database?

Google Drive credentials (Client ID, Client Secret, Redirect URI, Folder ID) are stored in the lds_google_drive_settings option. The OAuth access token is stored separately in lds_google_drive_access_token as JSON.

Q: Does this plugin add any front-end pages or student-facing download buttons?

No. The plugin is entirely admin-only. It does not add any public pages, shortcodes, or student-facing certificate download buttons.

Q: Does the plugin support automatic or scheduled background sync to Google Drive?

No. Automatic or scheduled background sync is not included. Syncing is triggered manually — either per certificate using Sync to Drive or in bulk using Sync Selected to Drive.

Q: Can I use the plugin on a staging site during development?

Yes. Each purchase includes a Single Domain API licence for one live production domain. You can email the team to request a one-time additional API key for your staging environment at no extra cost.

Q: Does the plugin list quiz-only certificates?

No. The plugin only lists certificates from completed LearnDash courses based on enrollment data. Quiz-only certificate listing is not supported in the current version.

Q: What Google OAuth scope does the plugin use for Drive integration?

The plugin uses the scope https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.file, which limits access to only the files the plugin itself creates or opens in your Drive.

Q: What happens if the Composer vendor/ directory is missing?

If vendor/autoload.php is missing, Google Drive features will show an admin error notice and Drive sync will not work. You must run 'composer install' inside the plugin folder to resolve this.

Q: Can I use one licence across multiple domains?

No. Each purchase is a Single Domain API Licence covering one live production domain. For additional domains, separate licences would be required.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with the latest versions of WordPress and LearnDash?

Yes. The plugin is tested and verified compatible with WordPress 6.8 and the latest version of LearnDash. The readme.txt notes compatibility tested up to WordPress 6.4; the product page confirms ongoing testing through 6.8.

Q: How is the certificate issue date determined in the dashboard?

The issue date is read from the WordPress user meta key course_completed_{course_id}, formatted as Y-m-d. If this meta value is not present, the dashboard displays 'N/A'.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.8+ and PHP 7.4+, with the PHP ZipArchive extension enabled for bulk ZIP downloads and LearnDash LMS active on the site. Google Drive sync additionally requires Composer dependencies installed in the plugin vendor/ directory (google/apiclient ^2.12) and a Google Cloud project with the Drive API enabled.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $59 for a Single Domain API Licence. This includes free technical support and free plugin updates for the duration of the active subscription. Each licence covers one live production domain. A free additional API key for one staging/testing environment is available on request by email at no extra charge.

View product →

Product

LearnDash Certificate Verification Unique ID Generator Plugin

LearnDash Certificate Verification Unique ID Generator Plugin automatically assigns a tamper-proof unique ID and scannable QR code to every certificate issued on a LearnDash site. It provides a public verification page where employers, HR teams, or anyone can instantly confirm a certificate's authenticity by searching via unique ID, user ID, or email address. The plugin also gives site admins a central dashboard to manage, search, and bulk-generate certificate codes.

Best for: LearnDash site owners — including online course creators, training providers, and corporate learning platforms — who need to protect certificate integrity and give third parties a fast, self-serve way to verify learner credentials.

Key features
  • Unique Certificate ID Generation — every certificate automatically receives a permanent, non-duplicate unique ID tied to the specific user and course or quiz context.
  • QR Code on Certificate and Profile Page — version 3.8.1 embeds a scannable QR code directly on the certificate and on the student's LearnDash profile page for one-scan smartphone verification.
  • Three-Way Certificate Lookup — the public verification page supports searching by Unique Certificate ID, User ID, or Email address.
  • Admin Certificate Dashboard and Code List — a central admin view lists all issued certificates with user name, course name, user details, and generation date, plus bulk-generate tools for courses and quizzes.
  • Shareable Verification URL and Shortcodes — shortcodes [unique_certificate_code_generator], [unique_certificate_code_generator_url], [unique_certificate_code_verifier], and [qrcode_unique_certificate_code_generator] make embedding verification anywhere straightforward.
  • Customizable Verification Page — admins can show/hide individual result fields, adjust font size and color, display the learner's Gravatar profile photo, and allow direct certificate printing from the verification page.
Use cases
  • An HR department scans the QR code on a job applicant's certificate to instantly confirm it was legitimately issued by the training provider.
  • A course creator embeds the verification shortcode on a public page so graduates can share a clickable verification link on their LinkedIn profiles.
  • A corporate training manager uses the admin Code List to bulk-generate certificate IDs for an entire cohort after a compliance course is completed.
  • An international e-learning platform uses the multi-language verification page so learners and verifiers from different countries can check credentials in their native language.
  • A LearnDash administrator audits all issued certificates from the central dashboard, filtering by user name, course name, or date to detect any suspicious duplicate claims.
FAQs (15)

Q: How does a unique certificate ID get generated?

The moment a user earns a LearnDash certificate, the plugin automatically produces a unique code stored in the wp_uci_codes database table, tied to that specific user, course, lesson, quiz, and certificate combination. If the same combination already exists, the existing code is returned rather than creating a duplicate.

Q: What shortcodes does the plugin provide?

Four main shortcodes are available: [unique_certificate_code_generator] outputs the unique code, [unique_certificate_code_generator_url] outputs the full verification URL, [unique_certificate_code_verifier] renders the public verification search form, and [qrcode_unique_certificate_code_generator] embeds a QR code image. The QR shortcode supports width and height attributes (default 300×300).

Q: Can someone verify a certificate without contacting the site admin?

Yes. The public verification page (powered by the shortcode) allows anyone to self-serve verify a certificate by entering the unique ID, the learner's user ID, or their email address — no admin involvement required.

Q: Does the QR code appear on the certificate itself or only on the profile page?

From version 3.8.1 onward, the QR code is generated both directly on the certificate (via the [qrcode_unique_certificate_code_generator] shortcode) and on the student's LearnDash profile page, so verifiers can scan from either location.

Q: Does the plugin support quiz-based certificates as well as course certificates?

Yes. The plugin handles both course-based and quiz-based certificates. For quiz certificates, it reads quiz metadata, resolves the linked lesson and course, and stores quiz name and IDs alongside the unique code.

Q: Can I bulk-generate certificate IDs for existing students?

Yes. The admin Code List submenu includes bulk-generate forms for both courses and quizzes. You select the course or quiz, the associated certificate, and the student IDs, and the plugin generates codes using the same logic as the front-end generator.

Q: What information is shown on the verification page when a certificate is confirmed valid?

Admin-configurable fields include: certificate code, learner profile photo (Gravatar or admin default), learner name, course/lesson/quiz/certificate names, date, and a Print button. Each field can be individually shown or hidden from the Settings panel.

Q: Is the verification page mobile-responsive?

Yes. The verification page is fully mobile-responsive, so employers or HR staff can confirm credentials from any smartphone or tablet.

Q: Does the plugin support multiple languages?

Yes. The certificate search and verification page supports every language that LearnDash supports. The plugin uses text domain LDUCIDG with .po translation files, and includes RTL tweaks for languages such as Urdu.

Q: Can learners share their verification link on LinkedIn?

Yes. The plugin generates a shareable hyperlink tied to the certificate's unique ID that can be printed on the certificate, shared on a LinkedIn profile, or distributed by email.

Q: Can I control what search methods are available on the public verification page?

Yes. In Settings you can toggle whether the public verification page allows searching by email address and/or user login (name) in addition to the certificate ID. Each channel can be set to inactive independently.

Q: Does the plugin work on WordPress Multisite?

Yes. The plugin includes multisite-aware activation logic that runs the wp_uci_codes table creation for each blog on a network when the plugin is activated appropriately.

Q: Can admins delete or manage individual certificate codes?

Yes. From the admin Code List, an AJAX-powered delete action allows removal of any code by its UniqueCertificateCode value. The list also includes export tools and supports filtering/searching.

Q: What happens if a learner doesn't have a Gravatar?

If no Gravatar profile picture exists for the learner, a default photo configured by the admin is displayed on the verification page instead.

Q: Can learners print their certificate directly from the verification page?

Yes. When verification succeeds and the Print field is enabled in settings, a Print button links to the appropriate LearnDash course or quiz certificate URL, allowing direct printing from the verification page.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher and an active LearnDash installation (uses LearnDash post types sfwd-courses, sfwd-quiz, and sfwd-certificates). Runs on a standard WordPress/PHP/MySQL stack; a custom database table (wp_uci_codes) is created automatically on plugin activation.

Pricing: Single price of $65 USD for a 1-domain annual licence, which includes 12 months of plugin updates and customer support. Licence covers one WordPress installation. Renewal is implied annually to maintain support and updates.

View product →

Product

Learndash Challenge Exam Questions Importer Plugin

The LearnDash Challenge Exam Questions Importer plugin allows course creators to bulk-import challenge exam questions from Excel spreadsheets (.xlsx or .xls) directly into LearnDash as ld-exam posts. It parses the first worksheet, groups rows into separate exams, creates or updates LearnDash Exam posts via the WordPress REST API, and saves the uploaded files for later download. The entire workflow runs inside the WordPress admin — no front-end exposure.

Best for: LearnDash course creators, LMS developers, and WordPress administrators who need to populate LearnDash challenge exams quickly from structured Excel data rather than entering questions manually.

Key features
  • Imports up to 15 fields per question: Title of Challenge, Question, Question Type, five answer options with correct answer, Correct Answer Message, Incorrect Answer Message, Challenge Exam Course ID, and more
  • Supports image questions and math/LaTeX question types (math requires the free MathJax plugin)
  • Creates or updates ld-exam posts (upsert by title) — no duplicate exams on re-import
  • Assigns challenge exam questions to a LearnDash course via Course ID input in the spreadsheet
  • Archives every imported .xlsx file under wp-content/uploads/cqi-imported-excel-file/ with list and bulk ZIP-download options in the admin
  • Drag-and-drop Excel upload UI in the WordPress admin; only accessible to users with manage_options capability
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing dozens of challenge exam questions from a prepared Excel template instead of entering them one by one in WordPress
  • Assigning imported challenge exam questions to a specific LearnDash course by supplying the Course ID in the spreadsheet
  • Updating existing challenge exams by re-importing a revised spreadsheet — the plugin upserts by title so no duplicates are created
  • Importing math-based exam questions using LaTeX syntax (requires the free MathJax plugin) for STEM or technical courses
  • Archiving all previously imported Excel files on disk and downloading them as a single ZIP for record-keeping or re-use
FAQs (15)

Q: What post type does this plugin create?

It creates and updates posts of type ld-exam (LearnDash Exam), not standard LearnDash quizzes (sfwd-quiz). It does not import courses, lessons, or topics.

Q: Which Excel file formats are supported?

Both .xlsx and .xls formats are supported. Only the first worksheet in the workbook is read during import.

Q: Who can access the import tool in the admin?

Only users with the manage_options capability — typically WordPress administrators — can access the Chalenger Quiz Importer admin menu and trigger imports.

Q: Where are uploaded Excel files stored after import?

Files are stored under wp-content/uploads/cqi-imported-excel-file/ with a random suffix. Paths are saved in WordPress options cqi-import-files-upload-dir-option and cqi-import-files-upload-dir-option-url.

Q: Does the plugin add custom database tables?

No. It uses only standard WordPress posts, post meta, and options — no custom database tables are created.

Q: What happens if I import the same spreadsheet twice?

The plugin performs an upsert by title. If an ld-exam post with the same Title of Challenge already exists, it updates that post instead of creating a duplicate.

Q: Can I import math or image-based questions?

Yes. Image questions are fully supported. Math questions using LaTeX are supported, but you must also install the free MathJax plugin for them to render correctly on the front end.

Q: How do I assign challenge exam questions to a specific LearnDash course?

Enter the target LearnDash Course ID in the Challenge Exam Course ID column of your Excel spreadsheet. The plugin stores this as exam settings meta on the ld-exam post.

Q: How many answer options per question can I import?

The plugin supports up to five answer options per question, along with designation of the correct answer, a Correct Answer Message, and an Incorrect Answer Message.

Q: Can I download previously imported Excel files?

Yes. The admin header area lists all archived imports. You can download all of them as a single ZIP file called imported-excel-file.zip, provided PHP ZipArchive is available on your server.

Q: What LearnDash version is required?

The plugin requires LearnDash 4+ and references LearnDash version 4.3.1.3 in generated exam block attributes. It has been tested on LearnDash 4+ with WordPress 6.1 and PHP 8.

Q: Is a staging or dev site license available?

Each purchase grants a single-domain API license for one live domain. If you need to test on a staging site, email support to request a one-time additional API key for the staging environment.

Q: What support and updates are included?

The purchase includes six months of free support and free updates. Support and updates are available for the duration of the subscription.

Q: What happens if my server doesn't meet the plugin requirements?

If the PHP version, WordPress version, or LearnDash active-plugin checks fail, the plugin displays an admin notice and does not load — no partial or broken state.

Q: Does the plugin work on the public-facing front end?

No. All import, file listing, and ZIP download actions occur exclusively in the WordPress admin. The plugin adds nothing to the site's front end.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0+, PHP 7.0+, and LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms/sfwd_lms.php) active on the same site. PHP ZipArchive is required only for the 'Download all imported files as ZIP' feature; the plugin has been tested on LearnDash 4+, WordPress 6.1, and PHP 8.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $69 USD. Each purchase includes a single-domain API license for one live domain, six months of free support, and free updates for the subscription duration. A one-time staging-site API key is available on request via email at no additional cost.

View product →

Product

Learndash Chat Plugin V2

Learndash Chat is a WordPress plugin that adds real-time, course-scoped messaging between enrolled students and course teachers on LMS websites. Messages are stored in Firebase Realtime Database — not in WordPress — keeping the plugin lightweight and fast. It supports LearnDash, Sensei LMS, LearnPress, LifterLMS, MasterStudy LMS, and Tutor LMS.

Best for: Online course creators and LMS administrators who want to give enrolled students and teachers a real-time, course-specific chat experience without burdening their WordPress server.

Key features
  • Firebase Realtime Database-backed chat — messages are stored in Firebase, not WordPress, for speed and low server load
  • Multi-LMS support — works with LearnDash, Sensei LMS, LearnPress, LifterLMS, MasterStudy LMS, and Tutor LMS
  • Course-level chat control — admins can enable per-course toggles so teachers can turn chat on or off via a course metabox
  • File and image sharing — participants can send PDF, XLS, DOC files and images within the chat
  • Configurable notification sounds — admin can choose from multiple alert sounds (or no sound) for incoming messages
  • Profile image display — the chat widget automatically fetches user profile images for clear participant identification
Use cases
  • Enabling one-to-one or group chat between enrolled students and their course teacher on a LearnDash course page
  • Allowing teachers to toggle chat on or off for individual courses without admin intervention
  • Sharing PDF, XLS, DOC files and images directly within a course chat window
  • Letting students delete their own messages when the admin permits, keeping conversations tidy
  • Running course chat across multiple LMS platforms (e.g., LifterLMS or Tutor LMS) from a single plugin installation
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnDash?

Yes. LearnDash is one of six supported LMS plugins. You need at least one of: LearnDash, Sensei LMS, LearnPress, LifterLMS, MasterStudy LMS, or Tutor LMS active on your site.

Q: Where are chat messages stored?

All chat messages are stored in your Firebase Realtime Database, not in WordPress. WordPress only stores plugin settings (lmsc_config option) and per-course Allow Conversation post meta.

Q: Why is the chat not showing on my site?

Check that: LMS conversation is enabled globally, the user is logged in, the user is enrolled (or is a course teacher/instructor), and per-course Allow Conversation is enabled if you use course-level control. Also verify your Firebase credentials are correct.

Q: Who can change plugin settings?

Users with the administrator or manage_woocommerce capability can access the REST endpoints used to save settings.

Q: Does the plugin create database tables on activation?

No. Activation and deactivation hooks do not run install routines. Settings use the WordPress options API, so your database stays clean.

Q: Do I need a paid Firebase plan?

The plugin requires a Firebase project with Realtime Database and Email/Password authentication enabled. Firebase's free Spark plan supports this, though heavy usage may require upgrading to a paid Firebase plan depending on your traffic.

Q: Can students chat with each other or only with the teacher?

Enrolled students can chat with each other and with course teachers/instructors. The plugin enables course-scoped group messaging as well as one-to-one conversation with the teacher.

Q: Can teachers enable or disable chat for their own courses?

Yes, if the admin enables Conversation Controller on Course in General Settings, teachers and course authors can toggle the Allow Conversation option directly on each course edit screen via a metabox.

Q: What file types can be shared in the chat?

Participants can send PDF, XLS, and DOC files as well as images within the chat window.

Q: Can messages be deleted?

Students and teachers can delete their own messages, but only if the admin has enabled this feature in the plugin's General Settings.

Q: Does chat work for non-logged-in visitors?

No. The frontend chat is only available to logged-in users who are enrolled in the course or are the course teacher/instructor.

Q: How do I configure Firebase credentials?

Go to Learndash Chat in the WordPress admin menu, open the Firebase Settings tab, and enter your API Key, Auth Domain, Database URL, Project ID, Storage Bucket, Messaging Sender ID, and App ID. The Info tab provides step-by-step Firebase console guidance.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with WordPress multisite?

The plugin checks both site-level and network-activated plugins when detecting supported LMS plugins, so it is aware of multisite environments.

Q: What happens if no supported LMS plugin is active?

The plugin shows an admin notice and does not register its main admin or course features until at least one supported LMS plugin is installed and activated.

Q: Where can I find setup video tutorials?

The product page includes two video tutorials: one for a general Learndash Chat demo (youtu.be/IiI4zGfDxks) and one specifically for setting up the Firebase API (youtu.be/MfKxcwKrECA).

Requirements: Requires PHP 7.4 or higher and WordPress 4.4.0 or higher (tested up to WordPress 5.5.3). At least one supported LMS plugin must be active, and a Firebase project with Realtime Database and Email/Password authentication is required for chat to function.

Pricing: Learndash Chat Plugin V2 is sold at a one-time price of $75 through wppluginsforyou.com. No free tier or multi-tier pricing is documented. License terms are not specified on the product page beyond the plugin itself being GPLv2 or later.

View product →

Product

LearnDash Course Importer from Google Sheet or Excel

LearnDash Course Importer from Google Sheet or Excel is a WordPress plugin that lets you build complete LearnDash courses — including lessons, topics, videos, images, tags, and categories — directly from a Google Sheet, Excel file, or CSV in a single import operation. It eliminates manual data entry inside the LearnDash UI and supports video progression courses (YouTube, Vimeo, PrestoPlayer), PDF-to-course conversion, and non-destructive updates to existing course content.

Best for: Instructional designers, eLearning developers, and WordPress site owners who manage LearnDash courses and want to build or bulk-update course content from spreadsheets rather than clicking through the LearnDash admin UI.

Key features
  • Direct Google Sheets integration — connect to a live sheet without downloading any file (added in the April 8, 2026 release)
  • Excel/CSV template import — structured template supports full course hierarchy: courses, lessons, and nested topics in one operation
  • Video progression support for YouTube, Vimeo, and PrestoPlayer (bulk PrestoPlayer import added in v3.4.1), compatible with LearnDash 4.25+
  • Tags, categories, and featured images imported for courses, lessons, and topics directly from spreadsheet columns
  • Non-destructive update/edit mode — re-import matching titles to update only changed rows, leaving published content intact
  • PDF-to-course and PowerPoint-to-course conversion by embedding iframe or image codes in the template content columns
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing a full course hierarchy (courses, lessons, topics) from an existing Excel or Google Sheets curriculum document into LearnDash in minutes
  • Creating video-based progression courses by pasting YouTube or Vimeo URLs into a spreadsheet template and importing them with full LearnDash video-progression settings
  • Converting PDF course materials stored on Google Drive into a structured LearnDash course using iframe embed codes in the import template
  • Updating or editing existing LearnDash courses, lessons, and topics by re-importing only changed rows without breaking published content
  • Converting PowerPoint presentations or bullet-point course outlines in Excel into live LearnDash courses with formatted content
FAQs (15)

Q: What file formats does the plugin support for importing?

The plugin supports Google Sheets (via direct connection), Excel (.xlsx), and CSV files. A downloadable import template is available from the plugin settings page to ensure correct column structure.

Q: How do I import a video course into LearnDash lessons or topics?

Paste your YouTube or Vimeo URL into the 'Video Lesson URL' or 'Topic Video URL' column and write 'Y' in the 'Enable Video Progression' column. Additional columns let you set auto-start, show video controls, when to show (before/after), auto-complete, and hide-complete-button behaviours.

Q: Can I update existing LearnDash courses without losing my published content?

Yes. To update a topic, use the exact same Course Title, Lesson Title, and Topic Title as the existing content. For lessons, match the Course Title and Lesson Title. For courses, match the Course Title. Only changed rows are updated; other content stays untouched.

Q: How do I import a PDF as a LearnDash course?

Save your PDF on Google Drive and share it publicly (disable download). Copy the iframe embed code for each PDF and paste it into the course, lesson, or topic content column in the import template. Upload the template in WordPress and process — the PDF will be embedded in the course content.

Q: Does the plugin support PrestoPlayer videos?

Yes. Version 3.4.1 added bulk import support for videos hosted on PrestoPlayer.com, extending video course import beyond YouTube and Vimeo.

Q: What video progression settings can I control from the spreadsheet?

You can control: Enable Video Progression (Y/N), Video URL, Auto Start Video (Y/N), Show Video Controls (Y/N), When to Show (After/Before), Auto Complete Lesson/Topic (Y/N), and Hide Complete Button (Y/N) — all via spreadsheet columns for both lessons and topics.

Q: Can I import featured images for courses, lessons, and topics?

Yes. Paste the full URL of the image in the 'Course Featured Image', 'Lesson Featured Image', or 'Topic Featured Image' column in the template. For embedding images inside content areas, use standard HTML img tags with the image URL.

Q: How do I assign tags and categories during import?

The import template includes columns for Course Category, Course Tags, Lesson Category, Lesson Tag, Topic Category, and Topic Tag. Fill these columns with the desired taxonomy values before importing.

Q: Can I set lesson and topic order from the spreadsheet?

Yes. There is a 'Lesson Order' column to arrange the sequence of lessons and a 'Topic Order' column for topics within a lesson. Fill in the numeric order values before importing.

Q: Can I set the publish status of courses, lessons, and topics during import?

Yes. The template includes a 'Lesson Status (Publish/Draft)' column and a 'Topic Status (Publish/Draft)' column. Write 'publish' to make content live or 'draft' to keep it hidden.

Q: How do I import courses with special characters, such as German umlauts?

Use HTML character codes instead of special characters. For example: ä = ä, ü = ü, ö = ö, ß = ß. A full list of HTML character codes is available at rapidtables.com/web/html/html-codes.html.

Q: Can I allow comments on lessons and topics via the import?

Yes. Write 'Y' in the 'Allow Comment (Y/N)' column for lessons or topics where you want to enable user comments below the content.

Q: How do I import a course from Google Sheets directly?

Connect your Google Sheet directly to the plugin — no file download is needed. This feature was updated in the April 8, 2026 release. Structure your sheet using the same column layout as the Excel template, then use the Google Sheets import option in the Course Importer menu.

Q: Can I build a LearnDash course from a PowerPoint presentation?

Yes. Convert your PowerPoint slides into course content (using images or text) and structure them in the import template. A tutorial video is available at youtu.be/SeSL94WhAhQ.

Q: How do I find the IDs of my existing courses, lessons, or topics?

The plugin's documentation includes a tutorial video on finding LearnDash course, lesson, and topic IDs: youtu.be/Upl1x-vg7I0.

Requirements: Requires an active LearnDash installation on WordPress; video progression features require LearnDash 4.25 or higher. No specific PHP version is stated in the documentation, but standard modern WordPress hosting is assumed.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $69 USD for a single-domain licence. The licence includes free updates. An instant download and API key are provided upon purchase. No multi-domain or agency tier is mentioned in the current documentation.

View product →

Product

Learndash Custom User Enrollment Plugin

LearnDash - Custom Users Enrollment is a WordPress admin plugin that bulk-imports learners into LearnDash courses and groups from CSV or Excel spreadsheets. Administrators can create or update user accounts, enroll users in multiple courses simultaneously, mark courses as completed, assign group memberships, and trigger automated credential emails — all from a single file upload. It is designed to eliminate the manual, one-by-one enrollment process native to LearnDash.

Best for: WordPress site administrators running LearnDash LMS who need to onboard, migrate, or manage large numbers of learners efficiently without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Drag-and-drop upload supporting CSV (.csv), Excel 97-2003 (.xls), and modern Excel (.xlsx) file formats
  • Preview table with per-row validation — green check for valid rows, red X for errors — before any data is saved to the database
  • All-or-nothing import: if any single row fails validation, no rows are written, preventing partial or corrupted data
  • Enroll users in multiple LearnDash courses at once using comma-separated course IDs; new enrollments merge with existing ones
  • Mark courses as fully completed (including lessons, topics, and quizzes) with optional backdated completion dates for historical data migration
  • Simultaneous LearnDash group assignment alongside course enrollment in a single upload, with optional enrollment start date control
Use cases
  • Onboarding a new cohort of students into multiple LearnDash courses and groups in a single CSV upload
  • Migrating historical learner data from another LMS by importing users with completed course status and backdated completion dates
  • Updating existing user profiles (name, password, organisation, contact details) in bulk without editing each account manually
  • Assigning corporate trainees to both a LearnDash group and relevant courses simultaneously during company-wide training rollouts
  • Testing enrollment workflows on a staging site before deploying bulk imports to a live production environment
FAQs (15)

Q: Who can access the Users Enrollment import screen?

Only users with the `manage_options` capability — typically WordPress Administrators — can access the LearnDash LMS → Users Enrollment screen.

Q: What file formats does the plugin support for import?

The plugin accepts CSV (.csv), Excel 97–2003 (.xls), and modern Excel (.xlsx) files. Any other file type will be rejected at upload.

Q: What happens if one row in my import file has an error?

The plugin uses all-or-nothing validation. If any single row fails validation, no rows at all are imported. You must fix the errors in the file and upload it again.

Q: Will the plugin create duplicate users if someone already exists?

No. If a username or email already exists in WordPress, the plugin updates that existing user rather than creating a duplicate. New course and group assignments are merged with the user's current LearnDash enrollments.

Q: What date format should I use for enrollment and completion dates?

Use DD/MM/YYYY format — for example, 03/03/2019. When including dates, course IDs and dates must both be provided together in the same row.

Q: Can I enroll a user in more than one course at a time?

Yes. Enter multiple LearnDash course post IDs separated by commas in the course column. The plugin will enroll the user in all listed courses in a single import.

Q: Can I mark courses as completed during import?

Yes. The plugin can mark courses as fully completed, including updating progress for all lessons, topics, and quizzes. You can also specify an optional backdated completion date.

Q: How do I send login credentials or password reset links to imported users?

Set the 'Send Password Reset Link' column to 'Yes' to email each user a password reset link, or 'No' to send a standard welcome email containing their username and password.

Q: What extra profile fields can I import beyond username, email, and password?

You can import Address, Contact No., Organization, Ordered By, and Purchase Order No. These fields appear on the WordPress user profile screen after import.

Q: Does the plugin work on a staging site as well as the live site?

Each licence covers one live production domain. You can email support to request a one-time additional API key for a staging environment at no extra cost.

Q: How do I customise the logo in the welcome email?

Edit the image URL inside `resourses/model/user-enrollment.php`, which contains the welcome email HTML template. The upload screen also includes a reminder about this setting.

Q: Does the plugin create any custom database tables?

No. All data is stored in standard WordPress user records, user meta, and via LearnDash's own APIs. No additional database tables are created.

Q: Where is the import screen located in the WordPress admin?

Go to LearnDash LMS → Users Enrollment in the WordPress admin sidebar. The page slug is `ldcue-users-enrollment`.

Q: Is there a sample file I can download to see the correct format?

Yes. The Users Enrollment screen provides download links for both a sample CSV and a sample XLSX file located at `assets/sample/Users_Import_Sample.csv` and `.xlsx`.

Q: Does importing update existing course enrollments or replace them?

It merges. New course IDs and group memberships from the import file are merged with the user's existing LearnDash enrollments — existing enrollments are not removed.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher, PHP 7.0+, and LearnDash LMS must be installed and active on the same site. The importing user must have the `manage_options` capability (Administrator role).

Pricing: Priced at $65 per year. Each purchase includes a single domain licence for one live production site, 1 year of full support, and free plugin updates for the duration of the subscription. A one-time staging environment API key is available at no additional charge by contacting support.

View product →

Product

Learndash Easy Latex Plugin

LearnDash Easy Latex Plugin adds a full-featured LaTeX equation editor directly into the WordPress post/quiz editor, allowing educators to compose and insert complex math, science, and engineering notation into LearnDash quizzes without writing any code. It provides a modal dialog with live MathJax preview, symbol and function palettes, a template gallery, and saved-equation management. The plugin works with Classic Editor, TinyMCE, and Gutenberg, and inserts LaTeX shortcodes that render on the frontend via a compatible math rendering library.

Best for: Online educators, course creators, and instructional designers who build STEM-focused courses and quizzes on LearnDash and need a no-code way to create professional mathematical and scientific notation.

Key features
  • Live MathJax preview — see equations render in real time as you type inside the modal editor
  • Symbol and function palettes — clickable tabs for common symbols, Greek letters, trig/log/hyperbolic functions, and calculus operators
  • Template gallery — pre-built formulas across categories: common equations, limits, calculus, matrices, and physics/chemistry
  • Saved equations library — save, reuse, and delete equations stored in browser localStorage for quick reuse across courses
  • Multi-editor support — LaTeX button injected into Classic Editor (Quicktags), TinyMCE toolbar, and Gutenberg header toolbar
  • Keyboard shortcuts — Ctrl/Cmd+Enter to insert, Esc to close, and Tab expansions (frac, sqrt, sum, int, lim) for faster authoring
Use cases
  • Building calculus quiz questions with integrals, derivatives, and limit notation directly inside LearnDash quiz builder
  • Creating physics and chemistry formula questions using pre-built science templates without memorising LaTeX syntax
  • Inserting Greek letters and trigonometric functions into engineering course quiz questions via point-and-click symbol palettes
  • Saving frequently used equations (e.g. quadratic formula, matrix expressions) to a personal library for reuse across multiple LearnDash courses
  • Quickly composing matrix, logarithm, and series notation using the template gallery and keyboard Tab shortcuts like 'frac', 'sqrt', and 'int'
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work with the Gutenberg block editor?

Yes. The plugin injects a LaTeX toolbar button into the Gutenberg editor header toolbar. In text mode it inserts the shortcode directly; in visual mode it copies the shortcode to your clipboard and prompts you to paste it manually.

Q: Do I need to know LaTeX syntax to use this plugin?

No. The modal editor provides clickable symbol palettes, function libraries, and a template gallery so you can build equations without memorising any syntax. Tab shortcuts (e.g. type 'frac' + Tab) are also available for faster power-user authoring.

Q: Will my equations display correctly on the frontend of my LearnDash course?

The plugin handles admin-side authoring and shortcode insertion only. Frontend rendering of the [latex] shortcode requires a separate compatible math-rendering implementation or shortcode renderer. The plugin does not include built-in frontend rendering.

Q: Which editors are supported?

Classic Editor (Quicktags), TinyMCE, and Gutenberg are all supported. The LaTeX button is injected into each editor's toolbar automatically upon activation.

Q: What shortcode does the plugin insert?

For inline equations it inserts [latex]...[/latex]. For block (display) equations it inserts [latex display="block"]...[/latex]. You choose the mode via the inline/block radio control in the modal.

Q: Are my saved equations stored in the WordPress database?

No. Saved equations are stored in your browser's localStorage under the key 'latex_saved_equations'. They are local to the browser and device you use, and are not synced across users, devices, or browsers.

Q: What keyboard shortcuts are available in the equation editor?

Ctrl/Cmd+Enter inserts the equation, Esc closes the dialog, and Tab expansions include: frac → \frac{}{}, sqrt → \sqrt{}, sum → \sum_{}^{}, int → \int_{}^{}, lim → \lim_{}.

Q: What math categories are covered in the template gallery?

The template gallery includes common equations, limits and log identities, calculus templates, matrix templates, and physics and chemistry formulas. Selecting a template populates the equation input and refreshes the live preview.

Q: Does the plugin add any custom database tables?

No. The plugin does not register any custom database tables, REST routes, or AJAX endpoints. It only adds one WordPress option (advanced_latex_plugin_version) on activation.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with all modern browsers?

Yes. The plugin is documented as fully compatible with all modern browsers, ensuring a consistent authoring experience regardless of device or browser choice.

Q: What version of LearnDash is required?

The plugin requires LearnDash V4 or higher and WordPress 6 or higher.

Q: How is MathJax loaded for the live preview?

MathJax 3 is loaded from the CDN at https://cdn.jsdelivr.net/npm/mathjax@3/es5/tex-mml-chtml.js. This means an active internet connection is needed in the WordPress admin for the live preview to render correctly.

Q: What is the current plugin version?

The main plugin file header reports version 1.0.5. The activation option stores a version value of 1.2.0. Free updates are included with your purchase.

Q: Can I reuse equations across multiple LearnDash courses?

Yes. You can save any equation to your local saved-equations library with one click and reuse it across all quiz questions and courses. Note that saved equations are browser-local and not shared across devices or users.

Q: Does installation require a developer or any coding knowledge?

No. You install the plugin zip via the standard WordPress dashboard (Plugins > Add New > Upload), activate it, and it's ready to use. No coding is required for installation or day-to-day equation authoring.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6+ and LearnDash V4+; no specific PHP version is documented, but a modern PHP version compatible with current WordPress standards is assumed. MathJax 3 is loaded from the jsDelivr CDN, so an internet-connected admin environment is needed for live preview.

Pricing: The plugin is sold at a one-time price of $65 USD via wppluginsforyou.com. Free updates are included with purchase. No tiered plans or multi-site pricing details are documented; contact the vendor for multi-site or agency licensing questions.

View product →

Product

LearnDash Fast Course Creator - Developer Edition Plugin

LearnDash Fast Course Creator is an all-in-one WordPress plugin that combines four tools — Course Importer, Quiz Importer, Custom User Enrollment, and Quiz Negative Marking — into a single admin interface. It allows developers and site administrators to bulk-import entire course structures, quizzes, and thousands of users from CSV or Excel spreadsheets, eliminating manual LearnDash setup. The Developer Edition covers up to 5 client domains under one licence.

Best for: Web developers and agencies who build LearnDash-powered eLearning sites for clients and need to dramatically reduce course setup, quiz configuration, and user enrollment time across multiple projects.

Key features
  • Course Importer: bulk-create or update courses, lessons, and topics from CSV, XLS, or XLSX files with support for featured images, video progression, and Presto Player content
  • Quiz Importer: import eight question types (single, multiple, free answer, sorting, matrix sort, cloze, assessment, essay) with image and video support via spreadsheet templates
  • Custom User Enrollment: drag-and-drop CSV/Excel upload to bulk-create or update users, enroll them in courses, assign LearnDash groups, mark completions, and send HTML welcome emails
  • Quiz Negative Marking: per-quiz penalty points configured directly from the LearnDash quiz edit screen — no separate settings page required
  • 5-Domain Developer Licence: deploy across up to 5 client sites under one membership, plus 25% discount on future product purchases
  • Compatibility tested on WordPress 6.8.1 and LearnDash 4.23.0, with PHP 7.4+ requirement and PhpSpreadsheet 1.18 for Excel parsing
Use cases
  • Importing a full course catalogue — courses, lessons, and topics — from a client-supplied spreadsheet in minutes instead of days
  • Bulk-creating hundreds of quiz questions across multiple question types (single, multiple, essay, fill-in-the-blank, etc.) using Excel templates
  • Enrolling thousands of learners into courses in a single CSV upload, optionally sending automated welcome emails with credentials
  • Applying negative marking to LearnDash quizzes for penalty-based assessments without writing any custom code
  • Managing LearnDash builds across up to 5 client domains under a single Developer Edition licence to maximise ROI
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnDash installed?

No. LearnDash LMS must be installed and active for any module to function. The Quiz Importer additionally requires LearnDash's WP Pro Quiz components to be present.

Q: What file formats are supported for importing?

CSV (.csv), Excel 97-2003 (.xls), and Excel 2007+ (.xlsx) are supported for the Course Importer, Quiz Importer, and User Importer. Internally, CSV files are converted to XLSX for processing.

Q: Where do I find the import templates?

Templates are built into each module page. Course Importer has 'Download Demo CSV / Excel' buttons; Quiz Importer provides per-question-type template buttons; User Importer offers 'Sample CSV / Sample Excel' links.

Q: How do I enable negative marking on a quiz?

Edit the quiz in LearnDash, locate the 'Negative Marks' meta box in the quiz sidebar, enter the points to deduct per wrong answer, and save. No separate settings page is needed; it works automatically once the value is set.

Q: Can I re-import the same file without creating duplicates?

Yes for courses and users. Courses are matched by title (case-sensitive) and updated if they already exist. User imports match by username or email and can add new enrollments to existing accounts without overwriting unrelated data.

Q: What question types can the Quiz Importer handle?

Eight types are supported: single choice, multiple choice, free answer, sort answer, matrix sort answer, cloze (fill-in-the-blank), assessment, and essay. Each has a dedicated downloadable Excel template.

Q: Can I enroll users into multiple courses in one import?

Yes. The User Importer accepts comma-separated course post IDs in the enrollment column, allowing a single user row to be enrolled in multiple courses simultaneously.

Q: Can welcome emails be sent automatically during user import?

Yes. Toggle the 'Send Email' option on the User Importer page before uploading. An HTML welcome email with credentials is dispatched automatically. A per-row 'Send password reset link' column is also supported.

Q: How many sites can I use the Developer Edition on?

The Developer Edition licence covers up to 5 client domains under a single Developer Member membership.

Q: Does the Course Importer support featured images?

Yes. You can supply remote image URLs in your spreadsheet. The plugin sideloads those images into the WordPress Media Library and assigns them as featured images for the imported courses, lessons, or topics.

Q: Does it support Presto Player content in courses?

Yes. Presto Player shortcodes can be included directly in the lesson or topic content columns of your spreadsheet and will be saved as part of the imported content.

Q: Can I assign users to LearnDash groups during bulk import?

Yes. The User Importer accepts LearnDash group IDs in the spreadsheet, assigning users to those groups as part of the same import operation.

Q: What WordPress and LearnDash versions has this been tested with?

The plugin has been tested up to WordPress 6.8.1 and LearnDash 4.23.0. The readme also notes compatibility from WordPress 5.0 and requires PHP 7.4 or higher.

Q: What happens if my import encounters an error?

The Course Importer provides inline validation with error codes (ranging from -1 through -18) displayed during processing. Review the DOCUMENTATION.md included in the plugin package for a full explanation of each error code.

Q: Where can I get support and tutorials?

Support is available at https://support.wppluginsforyou.com/ and video tutorials are published at https://www.youtube.com/@wpplugin. Developer Members receive priority support for the duration of their active membership.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or newer, PHP 7.4 or higher, and LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms) installed and active; the Quiz Importer additionally depends on LearnDash's bundled WP Pro Quiz components.

Pricing: The Developer Edition is currently on sale at $99 (regular price $350). This single licence replaces four separately priced plugins and covers use on up to 5 client domains. Developer Members receive a 25% discount on all subsequent product purchases from wppluginsforyou. Membership includes ongoing updates and priority support for the active membership period.

View product →

Product

LearnDash Group Leader Name on Certificates Plugin

LearnDash Group Leader Name on Certificates is a WordPress plugin that adds shortcodes to LearnDash certificate templates so they can display the assigned Group Leader's name automatically. It requires no custom code or third-party add-ons and works with your existing LearnDash setup. A fallback text attribute keeps certificates clean when no Group Leader is assigned.

Best for: LearnDash site owners and administrators who assign Group Leaders to courses or groups and want those names to appear on learner certificates without writing custom code.

Key features
  • [ld_group_leader_name] shortcode: inserts the Group Leader name for the certificate's course/group context with no manual updates needed
  • [ld_instructor_name] shortcode: uses Group Leader-first logic then falls back to course post author if no leader is found
  • Custom fallback text attribute (e.g. fallback="Instructor") keeps certificates professional when no leader is assigned
  • Developer-friendly filters: ld_certificate_instructor_id and ld_certificate_instructor_name allow external overrides without modifying core files
  • Request-scoped in-memory caching avoids duplicate name resolution when shortcodes are called multiple times in the same request
  • No extra dependencies — works with LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms) 3.0+ only, no WISDM or other add-ons required
Use cases
  • Displaying the Group Leader's full name on completion certificates for corporate training programmes
  • Replacing generic 'Course Instructor' labels with real person names on certificates
  • Showing a custom fallback label such as 'Instructor Name' when no Group Leader is assigned to a group
  • Using [ld_instructor_name] to show Group Leader name first, falling back to the course post author for ungrouped courses
  • Developer integrations that need to override name resolution via the ld_certificate_instructor_id or ld_certificate_instructor_name filters
FAQs (15)

Q: What shortcodes does the plugin provide?

Two shortcodes: [ld_group_leader_name] displays the Group Leader name only (no course-author fallback), and [ld_instructor_name] uses Group Leader-first logic then falls back to the course post author. Both accept course_id, user_id, and fallback attributes.

Q: What does the fallback attribute do?

If no Group Leader can be resolved for the certificate context, the plugin outputs the fallback value instead. The default is 'Course Instructor'. You can override it per shortcode, e.g. [ld_group_leader_name fallback="Training Lead"].

Q: Does the plugin work if I don't pass course_id or user_id attributes?

Yes. When attributes are omitted, the plugin automatically detects context from the certificate URL parameters ($_GET['course_id'], $_GET['quiz'], $_GET['group_id'], $_GET['user']) and falls back to the currently logged-in user.

Q: What happens if a course has multiple Group Leaders?

The plugin uses the first returned Group Leader for the group. LearnDash has no built-in concept of a 'primary' leader, so the result depends on the order LearnDash returns leaders. This is a known limitation.

Q: Can I override which name is displayed using custom code?

Yes. The ld_certificate_instructor_id filter lets you supply a custom user ID before name resolution runs. The ld_certificate_instructor_name filter lets you alter the final rendered name string. Both expose course_id, group_id, and user_id as arguments.

Q: Does [ld_group_leader_name] fall back to the course author?

No. [ld_group_leader_name] only resolves Group Leader names and returns the fallback text if none is found. Course-author fallback is available only with the [ld_instructor_name] shortcode.

Q: Does this plugin require WISDM or any other LearnDash add-on?

No. The plugin is built on LearnDash core only and requires no WISDM, WPPFU, or other third-party plugins. It uses the LEARNDASH_VERSION constant and learndash_get_course_groups() function from the core LearnDash plugin.

Q: Will it affect my site's performance?

Impact is minimal. The plugin has a small code footprint, uses request-scoped in-memory caching to avoid redundant lookups, and adds no database-persisted cache entries. No measurable effect on page speed scores is expected.

Q: Which version of LearnDash is required?

LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms) version 3.0 or above. The plugin checks for the LEARNDASH_VERSION constant on load and displays an admin notice if LearnDash is not active.

Q: Is there a settings page in wp-admin?

No. All configuration is done through shortcode attributes directly in the certificate template. There is no wp-admin settings page for configuring defaults; fallback text is controlled per shortcode.

Q: Does the plugin work for group certificates as well as course certificates?

Yes. Context detection reads $_GET['group_id'] for direct group certificate contexts, so Group Leader resolution works for both course-level and group-level certificates.

Q: Is the output safe and sanitized?

Yes. Shortcode output is sanitized through wp_kses_post(). URL-derived values are validated with is_numeric() and sanitized with absint(). Direct file access is blocked with an ABSPATH check.

Q: Does the name render correctly when printing certificates?

Yes. Group Leader names render correctly both on-screen and in print contexts, so physical printed certificates display the name just as the on-screen version does.

Q: What PHP version is required?

PHP 7.4 or higher is required. The plugin also requires WordPress 5.0 or higher.

Q: Do I get updates after purchasing?

Yes. Free updates are included for the duration of your single-domain licence subscription, covering compatibility fixes and new improvements.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0+, PHP 7.4+, and LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms) version 3.0 or higher. If LearnDash is not active, shortcodes are not registered and an admin notice appears on the Plugins page.

Pricing: Single licence priced at $49 USD. Covers one domain. Free updates included for the duration of the active single-domain subscription. No multi-site or agency tier is listed on the product page.

View product →

Product

Learndash Negative Marking Plugin

The LearnDash Negative Marking Plugin adds penalty-based scoring to LearnDash quizzes by automatically deducting points when learners answer questions incorrectly. It supports Single Answer MCQ and Free Answer question types, with configurable negative mark values set per individual question. No coding is required — once installed and configured, penalties are applied automatically when a quiz is published.

Best for: LearnDash course creators, instructional designers, and training administrators who need rigorous, high-stakes assessment scoring that deters random guessing — such as certification programs, competitive exam prep, and professional credentialing courses.

Key features
  • Custom negative mark value configurable per individual quiz question
  • Support for Single Answer Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) with automatic penalty deduction on wrong answers
  • Support for Free Answer question types with negative marking enabled
  • Seamless integration with LearnDash's native quiz engine — no core modifications required
  • Fully automatic score deduction — no manual intervention needed after quiz is published
  • Single-domain API licence with a free staging-site API key available on request
Use cases
  • Adding penalty scoring to certification exam quizzes to mirror real-world high-stakes exam standards
  • Deterring random guessing on competitive exam preparation courses with per-question penalty weights
  • Applying different negative mark values to questions of varying difficulty within a single quiz
  • Enabling negative marking on Free Answer questions to give instructors full scoring control over open-ended responses
  • Replacing manual score adjustments with fully automatic penalty deductions for large-scale online assessments
FAQs (15)

Q: What question types support negative marking?

Negative marking can be applied to two question types: Single Answer Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) and Free Answer questions. Other LearnDash question types are not currently supported.

Q: Can I set different negative mark values for different questions in the same quiz?

Yes. The negative mark value is configured independently per question, so you can assign different penalty weights to different questions within a single quiz.

Q: Does the plugin work automatically once configured?

Yes. Once you enter the negative mark value on a question and publish the quiz, the plugin automatically deducts the penalty from the learner's total score whenever that question is answered incorrectly — no manual adjustment is needed.

Q: Which versions of LearnDash is this plugin compatible with?

The plugin has been fully tested and verified on LearnDash version 4 and above, ensuring stable performance on modern LearnDash installations.

Q: What WordPress version is required?

The plugin requires WordPress 5.8 or higher and has been tested and confirmed working on all versions at or above that release.

Q: What PHP version is required?

PHP 7 or above is required. This meets the requirements of most current hosting environments.

Q: How many sites can I use one licence on?

Each purchase grants a single-domain API licence for one live production site. You cannot use the same licence key across multiple production domains.

Q: Can I use the plugin on a staging site?

Yes. You can email the support team to request a one-time additional API key for your staging environment at no extra cost.

Q: Does this plugin require any coding or custom development?

No. The plugin is designed to be used without any coding. Negative marking controls appear directly in the LearnDash quiz editor after activation.

Q: How long is support included after purchase?

You receive six months of free dedicated support from the date of purchase to help resolve any integration or configuration issues.

Q: How long do I receive free updates?

All plugin updates are included free of charge for six months from the date of purchase, keeping the plugin current and secure.

Q: What happens if a learner skips a question — is a penalty still applied?

Penalties are deducted only when a question is answered incorrectly. Skipped or unanswered questions are not penalised, based on the plugin's design for attempted-but-wrong responses.

Q: Does negative marking affect LearnDash's native pass/fail and certificate logic?

The plugin integrates with LearnDash's native quiz engine, so the adjusted (penalised) score is used in all downstream LearnDash functions, including pass/fail thresholds and certificate triggers.

Q: Is this a one-time purchase or a subscription?

It is a one-time purchase at $59. There are no recurring subscription fees, though support and free updates are included for six months post-purchase.

Q: Where do I configure the negative mark value for a question?

Open any LearnDash quiz in your WordPress dashboard, navigate to a Single Answer MCQ or Free Answer question in the quiz editor, and enter the negative mark value in the field provided by the plugin.

Requirements: Requires PHP 7 or higher and WordPress 5.8 or above. The plugin is fully tested and verified on LearnDash version 4 and above, and is compatible with most current hosting environments meeting these specifications.

Pricing: One-time purchase at $59 USD. No subscription or recurring fees. Each licence covers a single live production domain. A free staging-site API key is available on request via email. Six months of free support and plugin updates are included from the date of purchase.

View product →

Product

Learndash Question Setter Plugin

Learndash Question Setter is a WordPress admin plugin for LearnDash sites that lets administrators pull questions from existing LearnDash Pro Quiz quizzes, configure the exam layout, and export a formatted question paper as a PDF or Word (.doc) file — without leaving the WordPress dashboard. It bridges the gap between online LearnDash courseware and in-person, printed exams for schools, training institutes, and online academies.

Best for: WordPress site administrators running LearnDash who need to generate printable exam papers from their existing quiz libraries for in-person or supervised assessments.

Key features
  • Export questions by LearnDash quiz category or by individual published quiz, with AJAX-powered dropdowns for easy selection
  • Configurable question count with optional randomized order — suitable for anything from 10-question tests to 100-question finals
  • PDF export generated server-side with FPDF for clean, print-ready formatting
  • Word document export delivered as a .doc file (HTML-based Word format) for last-minute edits and institutional branding
  • Display Options panel to configure student name line, roll number field, per-question marks, total marks, hints, checkbox style, answer placement, and footer text
  • Admin-only access enforcing the manage_options capability so students never see the export tool
Use cases
  • A school administrator exports a 30-question printed exam paper from a LearnDash quiz for an end-of-term supervised test
  • A corporate training manager generates branded Word (.doc) question papers for in-person certification assessments
  • An online academy creates randomized question sets from a large quiz bank to produce unique exam papers each session
  • A training institute archives past exam papers as PDF or Word files for compliance and record-keeping
  • An instructor exports a short 10-question quiz paper with a student name line and roll number field for classroom use
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnDash?

No. The plugin reads question data directly from LearnDash Pro Quiz database tables and WordPress post meta linked to published quiz posts. It cannot function without an active LearnDash installation containing quiz and question data.

Q: What file format is produced when I choose the Docx option?

Although the export form labels the option as 'Docx', the plugin delivers a .doc file using the bundled HTML_TO_DOC class, which generates HTML content formatted for Microsoft Word. It is not an Office Open XML (.docx) file, but it opens in Microsoft Word and is fully editable.

Q: Who can access the export tool?

Only users with the manage_options capability — typically WordPress Administrators — can access the admin menu pages and AJAX endpoints. Students and non-admin users see nothing related to the plugin.

Q: Can I export only published quizzes?

Yes. Quiz-wise exports join published WordPress posts (post_status = publish) to LearnDash Pro Quiz master records, so only published quizzes appear in the dropdown.

Q: What question types are supported in the export?

The plugin supports single choice, multiple choice, cloze, assessment, and essay question types. Note that essay formatting is available in PDF export only.

Q: Can I randomize the questions on each export?

Yes. The export form includes an optional Randomize Order checkbox that shuffles the question result set before generating the document, making it easy to produce varied papers from the same quiz.

Q: Can I control how many questions appear on the exported paper?

Yes. The No. of Questions field adds a SQL LIMIT to the query, letting you export any subset of the available questions — from a quick 10-question quiz to a comprehensive 100-question final exam.

Q: Where do correct answers appear on the exported document?

You can control this in Display Options. Answers can be placed directly below each question, or grouped together in a separate 'Correct Answer & Explanation' section at the end of the document.

Q: Can I include student name and roll number fields on the paper?

Yes. Display Options lets you enable an underline-style student name field and a roll number field that appear on the exported document, making it ready for classroom distribution.

Q: Can I show marks per question and total marks?

Yes. The Display Options panel includes toggles for per-question points and total marks, which appear in the document header area when enabled.

Q: Can I add my institution's branding or footer to the paper?

You can configure a custom footer text in Display Options. For the Word (.doc) export, you can also open the file in Microsoft Word after download to apply your institution's full branding and formatting.

Q: Does the plugin require any additional setup or a license wizard after activation?

No. There is no separate setup wizard or in-plugin license step. After activation, go directly to Learndash Question Setter in the admin menu. Optionally configure Display Options before your first export.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are required?

The plugin requires WordPress 5.0 or higher (tested up to 6.4) and PHP 7.0 or later.

Q: Do I need to migrate or re-enter quiz data into the plugin?

No. The plugin reads directly from your existing LearnDash Pro Quiz database tables. There is no data migration required — activate the plugin and your existing quizzes are immediately available for export.

Q: How is the PDF generated?

PDFs are generated server-side using the FPDF library (fpdf17/), with a custom PDF class that handles footer rendering. Text is encoded via iconv() for compatibility.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or higher (tested up to 6.4), PHP 7.0 or later, and an active LearnDash installation with Pro Quiz data and existing published quizzes containing questions. Administrator-level access (manage_options capability) is required to use the plugin.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $59 per year as a single annual license. The price includes the plugin download and, implicitly, ongoing updates for the license period. No multi-site or tiered pricing tiers are documented.

View product →

Product

Learndash Quiz Import Export Plugin: Now 2 Plugins in One !

LearnDash Quiz Import & Export is a WordPress plugin that lets administrators bulk-import quiz questions from Excel (.xls/.xlsx) or CSV spreadsheets into LearnDash LMS, and export existing quizzes back to Excel files packaged in a ZIP archive. It supports all eight WpProQuiz question types, image sideloading from URLs, LaTeX/MathML math questions, multilingual content, and flexible export filtering by course or category. Two tools — import and export — are bundled into a single plugin at one price.

Best for: LearnDash course builders, eLearning administrators, and instructional designers who need to create, migrate, or back up large volumes of quiz content without manually entering questions one by one inside the LearnDash interface.

Key features
  • Import quizzes from Excel (.xls, .xlsx) or CSV files using a pre-built template; CSV files are converted to XLSX before processing
  • Export quiz questions to .xlsx files bundled in a single ZIP archive download, with filter options by course or by category via AJAX quiz list
  • All eight WpProQuiz answer types supported: single, multiple, free_answer, sort_answer, matrix_sort_answer, cloze_answer, assessment_answer, and essay
  • Image sideloading from URLs during import — remote images are pulled into the WordPress Media Library automatically; <img> tags in questions are also processed on export
  • Link imported quizzes directly to a LearnDash course, lesson, or topic via spreadsheet columns, eliminating manual assignment after import
  • YouTube URL-to-iframe conversion on import, downloadable sample Excel templates for each of the eight question types, and a downloadable user guide ZIP from the Import Quiz screen
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing hundreds or thousands of quiz questions from a pre-filled Excel or CSV template into LearnDash courses in minutes
  • Exporting all quizzes from one or multiple LearnDash courses into Excel files for backup, review, or migration to another LMS platform
  • Building multilingual quizzes by importing content in any language directly from a spreadsheet without extra configuration
  • Importing math-heavy quizzes using LaTeX syntax or MathML so complex equations render correctly inside LearnDash without additional plugins
  • Filtering and exporting quizzes by course or category to manage large quiz libraries across an eLearning platform efficiently
FAQs (15)

Q: Where is the full documentation?

Full documentation is in DOCUMENTATION.md inside the plugin directory. It covers every feature, the spreadsheet column reference, troubleshooting, and the developer reference.

Q: What file formats can I use to import quizzes?

You can import Excel files (.xls or .xlsx) or CSV files. CSV files are automatically converted to XLSX before processing. Use the sample templates available on the Import Quiz screen to ensure the correct column structure.

Q: What does the export download contain?

A ZIP archive containing one or more .xlsx Excel files organized per question answer type. The files are formatted to be compatible with other LMS platforms for smooth cross-platform transfers.

Q: Is Word/DOC export available?

No. Only Excel download is available on the export screen. A DOC button exists only as commented-out code in the current version and is not functional.

Q: Who can access the Import and Export screens?

Import Quiz requires the WordPress 'administrator' role. Export Quiz and the top-level menu require the 'manage_options' capability. Regular users and students cannot access these screens.

Q: Which LearnDash question types are supported?

All eight WpProQuiz types: single choice, multiple choice, free answer, sort answer, matrix sort answer, cloze (fill-in-the-blank) answer, assessment answer, and essay. Sample Excel templates for each type are downloadable from the Import Quiz screen.

Q: Can I assign imported quizzes to a specific course, lesson, or topic?

Yes. The import spreadsheet includes columns to map each quiz to a LearnDash course, lesson, or topic. This eliminates the need to manually assign quizzes after import.

Q: Does the plugin support image-based questions?

Yes. During import, the plugin sideloads images from URLs provided in the spreadsheet directly into the WordPress Media Library. On export, <img> tags in question HTML are also processed.

Q: Can I import math equations?

Yes. The plugin supports LaTeX syntax and MathML in quiz questions. No additional plugins are required for the equations to render correctly inside LearnDash.

Q: Can I import quizzes in languages other than English?

Yes. Quiz content in any language can be imported from the spreadsheet. No extra configuration is needed for multilingual content.

Q: How do I filter quizzes when exporting?

On the Export Quiz screen, select 'Coursewise' to filter by a specific LearnDash course or 'Categorywise' to filter by quiz category. An AJAX quiz list updates dynamically when you change the selection.

Q: Does YouTube video content import correctly?

Yes. YouTube URLs in question content are automatically converted to embedded iframe HTML during import. Only YouTube URLs are converted; other video platforms are not.

Q: What are the minimum server requirements?

WordPress 6.0+, PHP 7.4+, LearnDash LMS active with WpProQuiz libraries, PHP ZipArchive extension enabled, file uploads allowed, and write access to the plugin's temp directories. PhpSpreadsheet 1.18.0 is bundled.

Q: Does the plugin have a settings page under WordPress Settings?

No. There is no plugin settings page under the WordPress Settings menu. All functionality is accessed via the 'Excel to LearnDash' top-level admin menu with Import Quiz and Export Quiz sub-pages.

Q: What happens if LearnDash is not properly installed when I try to import?

The Import Quiz screen displays: 'LearnDash is either not properly installed or there is issue with plugin. Please, reinstall LearnDash and if you find issue then contact with your plugin maker.' Reinstall LearnDash to resolve.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0+ and PHP 7.4+; LearnDash LMS (sfwd-lms) must be installed and active with WpProQuiz libraries present, PHP ZipArchive extension must be enabled, and the server must allow file uploads with write access to the plugin's temp directories.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $99 and is available exclusively to Gold Members. The purchase includes both the import and export plugins as a single bundle, a Gold Membership, and updates for as long as the subscription remains active.

View product →

Product

LearnDash Quiz Import Platinum Edition

LearnDash Quiz Import Platinum Edition is a WordPress plugin that enables bulk import of quizzes and questions to LearnDash from Excel (XLS/XLSX), CSV, or Google Sheets. It supports all eight LearnDash question types, allows direct assignment of quizzes to courses/lessons/topics from the spreadsheet, and handles advanced content including MathML equations, multilingual text, and media-rich questions without requiring additional plugins.

Best for: LearnDash site administrators, course creators, and eLearning content managers who need to create or migrate large volumes of quiz content efficiently without manual entry in the quiz builder.

Key features
  • Import from Excel (XLS/XLSX), CSV, and Google Sheets with flexible workflow options
  • Full support for all 8 LearnDash question types: Single Choice, Multiple Choice, Free Choice, Sorting Choice, Matrix Sorting Choice, Fill in the Blank, Assessment (Survey), and Essay
  • Direct assignment of quizzes to courses, lessons, or topics by name or ID from the spreadsheet template
  • Native MathML support for math equations without additional plugins
  • Multilingual quiz import supporting any language character set
  • Full synchronisation with LearnDash Quiz Export Plugin for export-edit-import workflows
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing hundreds of existing quiz questions from Excel spreadsheets into LearnDash courses
  • Migrating quiz content from legacy LMS platforms or spreadsheet-based question banks into LearnDash
  • Creating multilingual quizzes for international course offerings without manual translation workflows
  • Importing math-heavy assessments with MathML equations for STEM courses
  • Assigning imported quizzes to specific courses, lessons, and topics in bulk during content deployment
FAQs (15)

Q: What file formats can I import quizzes from?

The plugin supports three import methods: Excel files (XLS and XLSX formats), CSV files, and Google Sheets. You can choose whichever format best suits your existing workflow or content source.

Q: Does this plugin support all LearnDash question types?

Yes, all eight LearnDash question types are supported: Single Choice, Multiple Choice, Free Choice, Sorting Choice, Matrix Sorting Choice, Fill in the Blank, Assessment (Survey), and Essay (Open Answer) questions.

Q: Can I assign quizzes to specific courses or lessons during import?

Yes, you can assign imported quizzes directly to courses, lessons, or topics from the Excel template itself. You can specify assignments by course/lesson/topic name or by their WordPress ID for precise targeting.

Q: Do I need additional plugins to import math equations?

No additional plugins are required. The Platinum Edition natively supports MathML language for importing math-rich questions, and equations render correctly inside LearnDash without extra dependencies.

Q: Can I import quizzes in languages other than English?

Absolutely. The plugin supports quiz import in any language, making it suitable for multilingual course platforms and international LearnDash installations with non-English content.

Q: Where do the imported questions appear in LearnDash?

Questions are imported directly into the native LearnDash Quiz Builder interface. This preserves your existing LearnDash workflow and allows you to manage imported questions using LearnDash's standard tools.

Q: Can I import quiz categories and question categories?

Yes, both Quiz Categories and Question Categories can be imported directly from the spreadsheet template. This helps keep your question library organized from the moment you import content.

Q: How do I get the Excel template format?

From version 6.1 onwards, ready-made Excel templates for every quiz type are available for download directly from the plugin's settings page within your WordPress admin.

Q: Can I import media-rich questions with images?

Yes, the plugin is optimized for media-rich questions and advanced question formats. Images and complex content import cleanly alongside standard text questions.

Q: Does this work with the LearnDash Quiz Export Plugin?

Yes, it's fully synchronized with the LearnDash Quiz Export Plugin. You can export a quiz, edit it in Excel, and re-import the updated file with zero compatibility issues.

Q: How many quizzes can I import at once?

You can create hundreds of quizzes and questions in a single import operation. The bulk creation feature dramatically reduces admin time compared to manual quiz builder entry.

Q: Do I need coding knowledge to use this plugin?

No coding is required. The plugin uses an Excel or CSV template approach that content creators can populate using familiar spreadsheet software, then upload through the WordPress admin interface.

Q: When was Google Sheets import added?

Google Sheets import was added as an additional import method released on April 5th, 2026, giving users a second flexible workflow option alongside Excel and CSV imports.

Q: What version introduced course/lesson/topic assignment?

Version 7 introduced the ability to assign each quiz to a specific course, lesson, or topic directly from the spreadsheet template, along with enhanced sync with the export plugin and multilingual support.

Q: What license type comes with purchase?

Purchase includes instant download, an annual license, and free updates during the license period. The current price is $69 USD.

Requirements: Requires WordPress installation with LearnDash LMS plugin active. Specific PHP and WordPress version requirements not documented, but standard WordPress hosting recommended for LearnDash compatibility.

Pricing: Current price is $69 USD (regular price also $69). Includes instant download, annual license, and free updates during the license period.

View product →

Product

Learndash Quiz Question Timer Plugin

LearnDash Quiz Timer is a WordPress extension plugin for LearnDash LMS that lets administrators set individual countdown timers for each quiz question, rather than being limited to a single timer for the entire quiz. When a question's time expires, the plugin automatically advances to the next question; when the overall quiz timer expires, the quiz is submitted automatically. Timers are displayed to learners as visual progress bars with HH:MM:SS countdowns.

Best for: LearnDash course administrators and educators who need precise, per-question time control for quizzes — especially those mixing quick recall questions with complex analytical ones.

Key features
  • Per-question timer: set a unique time limit in seconds for each individual quiz question independently
  • Aggregate quiz duration: total quiz time is automatically calculated as the sum of all individual question timers — no manual math required
  • Auto-advance and auto-finish: when a question's timer expires the plugin triggers Next; when the overall quiz timer expires it triggers Finish Quiz
  • Optional learner timer opt-out: administrators can enable a 'Show Timer Options to User?' toggle, letting learners choose whether the countdown runs
  • Countdown progress bars: learners see a per-question countdown bar and a total quiz countdown bar (HH:MM:SS) on the front end after clicking Start Quiz
  • Native LearnDash timer override: the plugin sets LearnDash's built-in quiz time limit to 0 and hides that field in the quiz builder, so all timing is managed exclusively through this plugin
Use cases
  • Assigning longer time limits to complex analytical questions and shorter limits to simple recall questions within the same quiz
  • Running fair, standardized certification or compliance assessments where each question has a defined and appropriate time allocation
  • Giving learners optional control over whether the timer runs, useful for self-paced or low-stakes practice quizzes
  • Automatically advancing learners through timed question sequences without requiring manual navigation
  • Setting a uniform default time per question while overriding specific questions that require more or less time
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnDash?

No. The plugin uses LearnDash's WP Pro Quiz classes (WpProQuiz_Model_QuizMapper, WpProQuiz_Model_QuestionMapper) and the learndash_quiz_content filter. LearnDash must be active with quizzes already configured.

Q: How do I set different time limits for each question?

Go to Learndash Quiz Timer in the admin sidebar, select your quiz, enter a default Quiz Question Time (seconds), check Per Question Timer, and click Save Changes. A questions table then appears where you can enter individual seconds for each question and click Update per row.

Q: What does a timer value of 0 mean?

A value of 0 means unlimited time for that question or quiz field. The admin UI explicitly notes that 0 = unlimited time.

Q: Can learners skip or disable the timer?

Only if the administrator has enabled the 'Show Timer Options to User?' global toggle in the plugin settings. When enabled, learners see a 'Want timer to run?' toggle on the quiz; leaving it off means the countdown does not run.

Q: Does this plugin use LearnDash's built-in quiz time limit?

No. The plugin stores its own timer data in a custom database table and injects timer logic via the learndash_quiz_content filter. It sets the native LearnDash time limit to 0 and hides that control in the quiz builder so timing is managed entirely by this plugin.

Q: What happens when a question's timer runs out?

With Per Question Timer enabled, the question's countdown expires and the plugin automatically triggers the Next control, advancing the learner to the next question. With Per Question Timer disabled, the overall quiz timer expiry triggers Finish Quiz.

Q: How is the total quiz time calculated?

When per-question timers are configured, the plugin automatically aggregates (sums) all individual question timer values to produce the total quiz duration. No manual calculation is needed.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions does the plugin require?

The plugin requires WordPress 5.0 or higher and PHP 7.0 or higher. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4.

Q: Can I test the plugin on a staging site?

Yes. Each purchase includes a single-domain API licence for your live site. You can email the support team to request a one-time additional API key for your staging environment at no extra cost.

Q: How many domains does the licence cover?

Each purchase grants a single-domain API licence tied to one live production domain. A staging site key is available on request at no additional charge.

Q: How does the plugin store timer data?

The plugin creates a custom database table ({prefix}learn_dash_timer) on activation, storing question_id, quiz_id, timer (seconds), created_at, and updated_at. Quiz-level settings are stored in the WordPress option pix_learndash_quiz_meta. The learner timer preference is stored in quiz_builder_ed_timer.

Q: Will I receive updates and support after purchasing?

Yes. The licence includes free plugin updates and free dedicated support from the development team for the full duration of your subscription, keeping the plugin current and compatible.

Q: Does the plugin replace LearnDash's quiz builder?

No. It is a non-destructive extension. It adds a dedicated 'Learndash Quiz Timer' admin menu for timer configuration and only hides the native 'quiz time limit enabled' field in the LearnDash quiz builder; all other LearnDash functionality remains intact.

Q: What do learners see while taking a timed quiz?

After clicking Start Quiz, learners see countdown progress bars. In per-question mode there are two bars: one for the current question's countdown and one for the total quiz time remaining, both displayed in HH:MM:SS format.

Q: Can I apply a single default time to all questions without setting each one individually?

Yes. Enter a value in the Quiz Question Time (seconds) field and leave Per Question Timer unchecked. The default time applies to all questions. You can also enable Per Question Timer and use individual Update buttons only for questions that differ from the default.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or higher, PHP 7.0 or higher, and an active LearnDash LMS installation with quizzes created via WP Pro Quiz. A MySQL/MariaDB database is needed as the plugin creates a custom table (wp_learn_dash_timer) on activation.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $59 and includes a single-domain API licence, free updates for the duration of the subscription, and free developer support for the duration of the subscription. A complimentary staging-site API key is available on request at no extra cost. No multi-domain or multi-site tier is currently listed.

View product →

Product

Learndash Quiz Settings Importer

LearnDash Quiz Settings Importer lets WordPress site owners configure and update LearnDash quiz settings in bulk by uploading a single CSV file. Instead of clicking through each quiz manually, users can set passing scores, time limits, retry rules, certificates, and more across dozens or hundreds of quizzes at once. Built-in data validation and feedback reports catch errors before any changes are applied to live quizzes.

Best for: This plugin is ideal for LearnDash course creators, online educators, eLearning agencies, educational institutions, and membership site owners who manage large numbers of quizzes and need to configure or update quiz settings efficiently at scale.

Key features
  • Bulk CSV import to update unlimited LearnDash quiz settings in a single upload
  • Complete LearnDash settings support including passing scores, time limits, certificates, progression rules, question display modes, randomization, and retry restrictions
  • Granular column-level control — include only the columns for the settings you want to change, leaving all other settings untouched
  • Data validation and feedback reports that flag errors in the CSV before any changes are written to live quizzes
  • Ready-to-use CSV templates that show exactly how to structure your spreadsheet for error-free imports
  • Seamless integration with any existing LearnDash installation with no complex configuration required
Use cases
  • Bulk-configuring 50+ quizzes simultaneously during a new course launch using a single CSV upload
  • Standardizing passing scores, time limits, and retry rules across an entire course catalog to ensure consistency
  • Agency teams managing multiple client LearnDash sites who need to replicate or update quiz configurations quickly without manual repetition
  • Institutions migrating or rebuilding a large quiz library who need to apply settings systematically without manual data entry
  • Course creators who want to plan all quiz settings in a spreadsheet first for a strategic overview before applying them live
FAQs (14)

Q: Does this plugin work with my existing LearnDash installation?

Yes. The plugin is designed to integrate seamlessly with any existing LearnDash setup out of the box. No complex configuration or technical skills are required to get started.

Q: Which LearnDash quiz settings can I configure via CSV?

You can configure a comprehensive range of settings including passing scores, time limits, certificate assignments, progression rules, question display modes, randomization, retry restrictions, and more — essentially all core LearnDash quiz settings.

Q: Do I have to update all settings for every quiz in each import?

No. The plugin uses column-level control, meaning you only include the columns for the specific settings you want to change. All other quiz settings remain untouched, giving you precise, surgical updates.

Q: What happens if my CSV contains errors?

The plugin validates your CSV data before applying any changes and generates a detailed feedback report highlighting issues. Bad data is caught upfront so your live quizzes are never affected by spreadsheet errors.

Q: Is there a CSV template I can use to get started?

Yes. The plugin includes ready-to-use CSV templates that show exactly how to structure your file for error-free imports, so you can get started immediately without guessing the required format.

Q: How many quizzes can I update in a single import?

The plugin supports unlimited quizzes per import. It is specifically designed for large course catalogs and institutions managing extensive quiz libraries, with no stated hard cap on the number of quizzes per upload.

Q: How long does it take to configure quizzes using this plugin?

According to the product page, you can configure dozens of quizzes simultaneously in under two minutes with a single CSV upload, saving up to 90% of the time compared to manual configuration.

Q: Is this suitable for agencies managing multiple client LearnDash sites?

Yes. The plugin is explicitly built for multi-client agency use, allowing teams to standardize quiz configurations across multiple client accounts without repetitive manual work.

Q: Do I need technical or coding skills to use this plugin?

No technical skills are required. The workflow is based on preparing a CSV spreadsheet using the provided template, uploading it through the plugin interface, and reviewing the validation report before confirming.

Q: Can I use this plugin to plan quiz settings before applying them?

Yes. The spreadsheet-based workflow is designed to let you plan all quiz settings in a spreadsheet first, giving you a bird's-eye view of your assessment strategy before any changes are applied.

Q: What is the refund policy?

The plugin comes with a 30-day money-back guarantee, as stated on the product page.

Q: Does this plugin support advanced quiz options like randomization and question display modes?

Yes. Advanced configuration options including question display modes, randomization settings, and retry restrictions can all be managed directly from your CSV spreadsheet.

Q: Will this plugin work for educational institutions with large quiz libraries?

Yes. The plugin is specifically designed for institutions and membership sites managing extensive quiz libraries across large course catalogs.

Q: Where can I find a demo of the plugin in action?

A demo video is available on the product page at wppluginsforyou.com. It shows uploading a CSV to configure dozens of quizzes in under two minutes, the validation feedback process, and column-level control in action.

Requirements: Requires an active LearnDash installation on WordPress. Specific PHP and WordPress version minimums were not extractable from the available documentation; consult the plugin's official product page or contact support for confirmed server requirements.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $59 as a one-time purchase (based on the current product page price). A 30-day money-back guarantee is included. No multi-tier or subscription pricing information was available in the provided documentation; contact the vendor for licensing terms regarding multi-site or agency use.

View product →

Product

LearnDash QuizMixer Plugin

LearnDash QuizMixer is a LearnDash extension plugin that lets you create brand-new randomised quizzes by pulling questions from any combination of your existing published quizzes or entire quiz categories — without touching the originals. You simply select source quizzes or categories, set a question count, and publish a fresh assessment in under two minutes. The plugin also supports randomised question order, category assignment for the new quiz, and an Auto Start option introduced in v1.6.

Best for: LearnDash course creators, instructors, and eLearning administrators who need to quickly generate varied assessments from an existing library of quiz questions without manual copy-pasting.

Key features
  • Mix questions from any combination of existing published LearnDash quizzes without modifying the originals
  • Select source questions by individual quiz name or by entire quiz category
  • Restrict question count — define exactly how many questions are randomly drawn from the source pool
  • Randomised question selection and randomised question order for varied learner experiences
  • Save the new mixed quiz under a brand-new category to keep the course library organised
  • Auto Start option (v1.6) — mixed quiz begins automatically without an extra learner interaction
  • Instructor-level access — course instructors can use QuizMixer with the same capabilities as an admin
Use cases
  • Building a end-of-term cumulative assessment by pulling questions from every quiz across multiple courses in one click
  • Creating randomised practice tests that pull a set number of questions from a specific quiz category so each learner sees a different selection
  • Generating retake quizzes with a fresh randomised question pool drawn from the same source quizzes, ensuring test integrity
  • Organising mixed quizzes into a dedicated new category to keep a large course library tidy and easy to navigate
  • Empowering instructors (non-admin users) to independently build mixed quizzes without requiring admin intervention
FAQs (15)

Q: Does QuizMixer modify or delete my original quizzes?

No. QuizMixer only reads questions from your existing published quizzes and copies them into a new quiz. The original quizzes remain completely untouched.

Q: Can I pull questions from more than one quiz at a time?

Yes. You can select multiple individual quizzes by name as source pools, and QuizMixer will draw questions from all of them to build a single new mixed quiz.

Q: Can I select questions from an entire quiz category rather than individual quizzes?

Yes. You can choose a quiz category as the source and QuizMixer will automatically draw questions from every quiz within that category, saving you from selecting quizzes one by one.

Q: Can I control how many questions appear in the new quiz?

Yes. You set an exact question count and the plugin randomly selects that many questions from your chosen source pool.

Q: Are questions chosen randomly every time?

Yes. Questions are selected at random from the source pool, and the order within the new quiz can also be randomised, ensuring each learner gets a varied and unpredictable assessment.

Q: What is the Auto Start option introduced in v1.6?

Auto Start allows the mixed quiz to begin automatically as soon as a learner accesses it, removing the extra step of clicking a start button — useful for seamless course flows.

Q: Can instructors (non-admin users) use QuizMixer?

Yes. Instructor-level users have the same QuizMixer capabilities as administrators, so course creators can build mixed quizzes independently without needing admin access.

Q: Can I assign the new mixed quiz to its own category?

Yes. During creation you can assign the new quiz to a brand-new or existing category, keeping your course library organised and easy to navigate.

Q: How long does it take to create a mixed quiz?

According to the product page, you can create a complete randomised quiz in under two minutes by selecting sources, setting a question count, and saving.

Q: Does this plugin work with any LearnDash quiz question type?

QuizMixer pulls from existing published LearnDash quizzes, so it works with whatever question types LearnDash natively supports. The available documentation does not list any excluded question types.

Q: How many sites can I use this plugin on?

The purchase includes a one-site licence. If you need to use it on additional sites, you would need to purchase additional licences.

Q: What support is included with my purchase?

You receive one year of email and forum support included with your purchase.

Q: Is there a demo I can watch before buying?

Yes. Two video demos are available on the product page: a general product demo showing the core workflow, and a deep-dive demo covering category-based mixing, question counts, and the Auto Start option.

Q: Do I need any coding knowledge to use QuizMixer?

No coding is required. The plugin provides a point-and-click interface where you select sources, set a question count, and publish — no manual copy-pasting or technical skills needed.

Q: Does QuizMixer require LearnDash to be installed?

Yes. QuizMixer is an extension plugin for LearnDash and requires an active LearnDash LMS installation on your WordPress site to function.

Requirements: Requires an active LearnDash LMS installation on your WordPress site. Specific PHP and WordPress minimum versions are not explicitly stated in the available documentation; confirm compatibility with your host before purchase.

Pricing: LearnDash QuizMixer is priced at $65 USD as a one-time purchase. The licence covers a single site and includes one year of email and forum support. No multi-site or tiered pricing tiers are mentioned in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

LearnDash Short Video Mode : Create Courses Scrolling Through TikTok, Instagram, and YouTube Shorts,

LearnDash Short Video Mode transforms existing LearnDash courses into a TikTok-style, full-screen vertical video experience with swipe navigation, a dark-theme immersive interface, and mobile-first controls. It works with all existing LearnDash content—videos, text, assignments, and quizzes—without requiring any content changes or migration. The plugin is activated via a single toggle in LearnDash settings and is designed to boost course completion rates by mimicking familiar social media UX patterns.

Best for: Course creators, training departments, membership site owners, coaches, consultants, and EdTech companies using LearnDash LMS who want to increase student engagement and course completion rates among mobile and Gen Z learners.

Key features
  • Full-screen immersive dark-theme interface with vertical (9:16) video format and smooth transitions between lessons
  • Mobile-first swipe-up/swipe-down navigation with touch-optimized controls for iOS and Android
  • Visual progress ring showing overall course completion percentage, integrated with LearnDash's native progression tracking
  • Universal content support: video lessons (YouTube, Vimeo, self-hosted MP4, Wistia, Bunny Stream), text topics, assignments with file uploads, and interactive quizzes
  • Zero-configuration activation—one toggle under LearnDash LMS → Settings → LearnDash 3.0; no content changes or migration required
  • Desktop keyboard shortcuts (arrow keys, J/K for navigation, F for fullscreen, I for info panel, Esc to exit) alongside clickable on-screen controls
Use cases
  • Modernizing a traditional LearnDash course library into a scroll-through, mobile-friendly format without rebuilding content
  • Improving completion rates for Gen Z or mobile-first audiences who are accustomed to TikTok and Instagram Reels
  • Corporate training departments looking to replace outdated LMS interfaces with an engaging, swipe-driven experience
  • Membership site owners who want to differentiate their platform and keep subscribers actively consuming course content
  • Coaches and consultants delivering short-form video lessons who want a professional, immersive presentation layer
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this work with my existing LearnDash courses?

Yes. Short Video Mode works with all existing LearnDash content—lessons, topics, assignments, and quizzes. No migration, content recreation, or modifications are required. Simply enable the toggle and your courses instantly transform.

Q: Will this slow down my website?

No. The plugin is lightweight and performance-optimized. It only loads its assets on lesson and topic pages, so it has no impact on the rest of your site.

Q: Does it work on mobile devices?

Yes, it is designed mobile-first. It supports touch gestures (swipe up/down to navigate), native fullscreen, and a responsive layout optimized for both iOS and Android across Chrome, Firefox, Safari, and Edge.

Q: Which video platforms are supported?

YouTube, Vimeo, and self-hosted MP4 files are fully supported. Wistia and Bunny Stream are compatible. Other iframe embeds may work but are not guaranteed. H5P and similar interactive video plugins are a known limitation and may not function correctly.

Q: Which LearnDash version is required?

LearnDash LMS 3.0 or higher is required, and the LearnDash 3.0 (LD30) theme must be active. LearnDash 4.0+ is fully compatible. Versions below 3.0 are not supported.

Q: Which WordPress and PHP versions are required?

WordPress 5.0 or higher and PHP 7.4 or higher are the minimum requirements. WordPress 6.0+ and PHP 8.0–8.2 are fully compatible and recommended for the best experience.

Q: How do I enable Short Video Mode?

Go to LearnDash LMS → Settings → LearnDash 3.0 tab, scroll to find the 'Short Video Mode' toggle, switch it ON, and save your settings. That's all—no additional configuration is needed.

Q: What keyboard shortcuts are available on desktop?

On desktop: ↓ or J for the next lesson, ↑ or K for the previous lesson, I to open the info panel, F to toggle fullscreen, and Esc to exit to the course view. A Mark Complete button is also available on-screen.

Q: Does it support quizzes and assignments, not just videos?

Yes. The plugin supports LearnDash lessons (video), topics (nested content), assignments with file upload forms, and interactive quizzes—all rendered within the immersive short-video interface.

Q: Is it compatible with themes like BuddyBoss, Astra, or Divi?

The LearnDash 3.0 (LD30) theme is required. Astra + LearnDash is compatible. BuddyBoss and Divi + LearnDash have partial compatibility and testing is recommended before deploying to production.

Q: Is it compatible with other LearnDash add-ons like WooCommerce or MemberPress?

Yes. LearnDash Course Grid, Groups, ProPanel, Gravity Forms + LearnDash, WooCommerce + LearnDash, and MemberPress + LearnDash are all compatible. GamiPress and BuddyPress are flagged for testing but should generally work.

Q: What happens to horizontal (landscape) videos in the vertical interface?

Horizontal videos will display with letterboxing inside the vertical frame. For the best visual experience, course creators are recommended to use vertical (9:16) or square aspect ratio videos and keep lesson videos under 3 minutes.

Q: Does the plugin track course progress correctly?

Yes. The progress ring is integrated with LearnDash's native progression tracking. Video progression and mark-complete functionality both work as expected, provided standard LearnDash video progression is configured.

Q: Can I use this on a staging site first before going live?

Yes. Your license covers one domain. If you activate on a staging site first and then want to deploy on your live site, email the support team to request a one-time domain transfer at no additional charge.

Q: Does the plugin support right-to-left (RTL) languages?

Not currently. The plugin is currently optimized for left-to-right (LTR) languages. RTL support is a known limitation at this time.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or higher (6.0+ recommended for full compatibility), PHP 7.4 or higher (PHP 8.0–8.2 fully supported), and LearnDash LMS 3.0 or higher with the LearnDash 3.0 (LD30) theme active. Below-minimum versions of WordPress (pre-5.0), PHP (pre-7.4), or LearnDash (pre-3.0) are not supported.

Pricing: LearnDash Short Video Mode is priced at $49 USD as a one-time purchase. The license covers a single domain and includes 12 months of support and plugin updates. If the plugin is first activated on a staging domain and you later need it on your production domain, you can email support for a one-time free domain transfer. No multi-site or lifetime tiers are listed at this time.

View product →

Product

Learndash Teacher Plugin

The LearnDash Teacher Plugin (WPPFU LearnDash LMS Teacher) extends LearnDash LMS by adding a dedicated teacher role, teacher dashboard, course approval workflow, student-teacher messaging, WooCommerce course-selling integration, and commission/payout management. It enables WordPress site owners to run a full multi-instructor eLearning marketplace where teachers independently create and manage their own courses without admin-level access. PayPal Payouts integration and automated email notifications round out the platform.

Best for: WordPress site owners running or building a multi-instructor eLearning marketplace on LearnDash who want to delegate course creation, management, and sales to individual teachers without granting them full admin access.

Key features
  • Dedicated teacher role (wppfu_ld_teacher) with granular capability controls covering courses, lessons, topics, quizzes, assignments, reporting, and messaging
  • Teacher dashboard with analytics — enrolled students, earnings snapshot, course performance, recent activity — powered by AJAX-backed panels
  • Course approval workflow with a custom 'pending_approval' post status, admin queue view, and approve/reject actions
  • WooCommerce integration: create or link products to courses, automate enrollment on order completion, and track per-sale commissions
  • PayPal Payouts integration supporting single and bulk commission payouts, sandbox/live mode, and webhook configuration
  • Multi-teacher course collaboration meta box allowing co-instructors with controlled capability mapping and collaboration email notifications
Use cases
  • Running a multi-teacher eLearning marketplace where each instructor independently creates, publishes, and sells their own LearnDash courses
  • Automating teacher commission tracking and PayPal payouts when courses are sold through WooCommerce
  • Enforcing a course approval workflow so admins review and approve teacher-authored content before it goes live
  • Enabling student-teacher messaging within specific course contexts without exposing the full WordPress admin to teachers
  • Managing agencies or developer networks that deploy multiple eLearning sites, using the Developer multi-domain licence
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without WooCommerce?

Yes, core teacher-role features, the teacher dashboard, course approval workflow, collaboration, and student-teacher messaging all work without WooCommerce. However, WooCommerce is required for course sales, automated enrollment on purchase, and commission/payout tracking.

Q: What LearnDash version is required?

The plugin requires LearnDash LMS and is documented as integrating deeply with LearnDash LMS 4.0+. LearnDash must be active — it is a hard dependency checked on activation.

Q: What PHP version is needed?

PHP 7.4 or higher is required.

Q: Can teachers create and publish courses without admin approval?

By default the plugin registers a 'pending_approval' custom post status for teacher-authored content, placing new courses in an admin approval queue. Admins approve or reject courses via a dedicated queue view before they go live.

Q: How are teacher commissions tracked and paid out?

Each WooCommerce sale of a linked course creates a commission row in a custom database table. Admins can view pending and paid commissions, set a default rate or per-teacher override, and trigger single or bulk PayPal Payouts via the SDK. Manual/admin-settled payout recording is also supported.

Q: Can multiple teachers collaborate on the same course?

Yes. A course collaboration meta box allows adding and removing co-instructors with defined collaborator roles and mapped capabilities. Collaborators receive email notifications when collaboration actions occur.

Q: How does student-teacher messaging work?

Messaging is course-context scoped. Students and teachers interact through a frontend modal interface rendered via shortcode. Teachers can view, reply to, mark-read, and delete message threads. Optional notification emails are sent for message events.

Q: What happens to teacher data if I uninstall the plugin?

The Uninstaller backs up teacher information and preserves key financial data (commission records) while removing non-financial tables, the teacher role, and plugin options. This protects commission history during uninstall.

Q: Can teachers see other instructors' courses or student data?

No. Role-based access control enforces teacher ownership — teachers only see and manage their own content. Suspended teachers are also restricted from admin and LearnDash access entirely.

Q: Does the plugin support PayPal sandbox for testing payouts?

Yes. The PayPal Payouts integration includes a sandbox mode toggle (wppfu_ld_teacher_paypal_sandbox_mode) alongside live client ID, client secret, and webhook ID settings, plus a connection test endpoint.

Q: What teacher profile fields are added?

The plugin adds phone, website, bio, PayPal email, Stripe Connect account, and Stripe external account fields to the teacher user profile, along with commission rate and status fields managed via user meta.

Q: What teacher lifecycle statuses are supported?

Teachers can have one of three statuses: active, suspended, or pending. Suspended teachers have their admin and LearnDash access restricted automatically.

Q: How many domains can I use the plugin on?

The standard licence is single-domain. Developer Members can deploy the plugin across more than one domain, making it suitable for agencies managing multiple eLearning sites.

Q: Are automated email notifications included?

Yes. Email notifications are sent for course approval submissions and results, commissions earned, payment confirmations, enrollment events, collaboration events, messaging events, and pending commission reminders. Test email and bulk notification AJAX actions are also available.

Q: What if the teacher role or capabilities get corrupted?

The plugin includes a restore-teacher-roles.php maintenance utility and Activator methods (restore_teacher_roles, restore_teachers_from_capabilities) that recreate missing roles and capabilities. A repair-database.php utility handles custom table repairs.

Requirements: Requires PHP 7.4+, a modern supported version of WordPress, and LearnDash LMS (hard dependency). WooCommerce is required for sales, enrollment automation, and commission features; Composer-managed vendor dependencies (paypal/paypal-payouts-sdk, paypal/paypalhttp) must be present in the plugin's vendor/ directory for PayPal Payouts.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $69/year as an annual subscription. Updates and dedicated support are included for the duration of an active subscription. The standard licence covers a single domain. A Developer Member tier is available for multi-domain deployment across multiple sites. The plugin is available as an instant download upon purchase.

View product →

Product

LearnDash to Excel Quiz Exporter Plugin

LearnDash LMS Quiz Exporter is a WordPress admin plugin that exports LearnDash quiz questions to Microsoft Excel (.xlsx) workbooks, packaged in a ZIP archive for easy download. It supports filtering by course or quiz category, exports all supported answer types into separate spreadsheets, and is designed to work seamlessly with the companion LearnDash LMS Quiz Importer plugin.

Best for: WordPress site administrators running LearnDash LMS who need to back up, edit, or migrate quiz question data using Excel files.

Key features
  • Export quiz questions to .xlsx (Excel) format, packaged in a .zip archive for download
  • Filter quizzes coursewise (by LearnDash course) or categorywise (by ld_quiz_category taxonomy)
  • Separate Excel file generated per answer type (single choice, multiple choice, sort, matrix sort, free, cloze, assessment, essay)
  • Exports question text, answer options, correct answers, feedback messages, hint text, points, category, question title, and quiz name
  • Extracts image URLs from HTML in questions and answers into dedicated spreadsheet columns
  • AJAX-powered quiz dropdown that refreshes dynamically when course or category selection changes
Use cases
  • Exporting all quiz questions from a LearnDash course into Excel for offline editing or backup
  • Preparing quiz data in Excel format for re-import using the LearnDash LMS Quiz Importer plugin
  • Filtering and exporting quizzes by quiz category to manage large question banks
  • Migrating quiz content between staging and live LearnDash environments
  • Auditing quiz question data including correct answers, hints, and feedback messages outside of WordPress
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I find the export screen after activation?

Go to LearnDash LMS → Export Quiz in the WordPress admin menu. This submenu is visible only to users with the manage_options capability (Administrators).

Q: What file format does the export produce?

The plugin generates .xlsx (Excel) files inside a .zip archive. Each quiz can produce multiple spreadsheets—one per answer type present (e.g., single_questions.xlsx, multiple_questions.xlsx). The ZIP is named using the quiz name and a timestamp.

Q: Can I export all quizzes at once?

Yes. Choose All Quiz in the quiz dropdown. In Coursewise mode this exports all quizzes linked to the selected course (or all courses). In Categorywise mode it exports all quizzes in the selected category (or all categories).

Q: Which question answer types are supported?

Supported types are: single choice, multiple choice, sort answer, matrix sort answer, free answer, cloze answer, assessment answer, and essay. Each type is written to its own Excel sheet within the ZIP.

Q: Why does the page show 'There are no online questions in quiz'?

No exportable questions were found for the selected quiz after merging data from WpProQuiz tables (where online = 1) and LearnDash's LDLMS_Quiz_Questions API. Check that the quiz has active, published questions in LearnDash.

Q: How does the plugin load questions?

It merges questions from WpProQuiz tables (where online = 1) with questions loaded via LearnDash's LDLMS_Quiz_Questions class for the linked sfwd-quiz post. Duplicate question IDs are merged and results are sorted by question ID.

Q: Does this plugin also import quizzes?

No. It only exports. To re-import the generated Excel files, use the companion LearnDash LMS Quiz Importer plugin from the same vendor; column layouts match the importer's expected format per answer type.

Q: What data columns are included in the export?

Exports include question text, answer options, correct answer letters (pipe-separated a–e for choice types), Correct Answer Message, Incorrect Answer Message, Hint Message, Points, Category, Question Title, Quiz Name, and extracted image URLs from HTML.

Q: How do I filter quizzes by category vs. by course?

Use the Coursewise toggle to filter by LearnDash courses (sfwd-courses post type), or switch to Categorywise to filter by the ld_quiz_category taxonomy. The quiz dropdown updates via AJAX when your selection changes.

Q: What is the API key and how do I get it?

An API key is included with your purchase and is required to activate the plugin via the Fire Secure screen. Each purchase grants one API key for one live domain.

Q: Can I use the plugin on a staging site?

Yes. If you activate the API key on staging first and then want to deploy to your live site, email the vendor within 10 days of purchase to request a one-time additional API key for the staging environment.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are supported?

The plugin requires WordPress 5.0 or higher, has been tested up to WordPress 6.4, and requires PHP 7.4 or higher.

Q: Does the plugin handle images in questions?

Yes. Image URLs are extracted from HTML in question and answer text into dedicated spreadsheet columns, and HTML tags are removed from text cells so they remain clean.

Q: What happens if WpProQuiz uses a different table prefix?

The plugin auto-detects whether WpProQuiz tables use the learndash_ or wp_ table name prefix by checking for {wpdb_prefix}learndash_pro_quiz_master, so no manual configuration is needed.

Q: Why is the download a ZIP file rather than a direct Excel file?

Because a single quiz may contain multiple answer types, each exported to its own .xlsx file. The ZIP bundles all sheets from one export into a single download, which also helps with bandwidth and memory constraints.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0+, PHP 7.4+, an active LearnDash LMS installation, the PHP ZipArchive extension, and write access to the plugin's temp/ directory. The bundled vendor/ directory (PhpSpreadsheet 1.25 via Composer) must be present; no separate Composer install is needed.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $65 for a single-domain API license. Each purchase includes free updates and free support for the subscription duration. One API key is provided per purchase for use on one live domain. A one-time additional API key for a staging environment is available on request via email within 10 days of purchase.

View product →

Product

Learndash User Export Plugin

LearnDash - Export Learners is a WordPress admin plugin that lets site administrators export LearnDash learner data to CSV or Excel (.xlsx) files in a single click. It supports exporting all users at once or filtering by specific course or group, and includes enrollment dates, completion status, progress tracking, and custom contact fields. No front-end interface or scheduling is involved — exports are generated on demand from the WordPress admin.

Best for: WordPress site administrators running LearnDash-powered online courses who need structured, downloadable learner reports for compliance, client reporting, re-engagement campaigns, or data analysis.

Key features
  • Three export modes: All Users, by Course (with Completed/In Progress filters), and by Group
  • CSV and Excel (.xlsx) export formats powered by the bundled PhpSpreadsheet library
  • 17 standardised columns per row including User ID, name, email, role, completed course IDs and dates, in-progress course IDs, and group IDs
  • Custom user meta columns: Address, Contact No., Organization, Ordered By, and Purchase Order Number (populated when using the LearnDash Custom Enrollment Plugin)
  • Course dropdown lists up to 500 published courses; Group dropdown lists up to 500 published groups
  • Files are written to the plugin's temp directory and immediately offered as a browser download with a direct link shown in the admin
Use cases
  • Export all enrolled learners across every course and group for a full platform audit or backup
  • Filter and download users in a specific LearnDash group to report on a corporate training cohort
  • Export in-progress learners for a course to trigger re-engagement or nudge email campaigns
  • Pull enrollment and completion dates to measure time-to-completion and manage certificate issuance
  • Include custom contact fields (address, organization, PO number) captured via the LearnDash Custom Enrollment Plugin into unified learner reports
FAQs (15)

Q: Who can access the Export Learners page?

Only users with the manage_options capability, which is typically WordPress Administrators. No front-end or student-facing export option is available.

Q: Where are the exported files saved?

Files are written to wp-content/plugins/LearnDash-Export-Learners/assets/temp/ with names like ExportLearners-Users.csv or ExportLearners-Courses.xlsx. After export, the admin screen shows a download link and attempts to open the file in a new browser tab.

Q: Does the export include user passwords?

No. A Password column exists in the file layout for compatibility but is always left empty — no password data is ever written to the export file.

Q: What file formats can I export to?

You can export to CSV (.csv) or Microsoft Excel (.xlsx). Excel output uses the PhpSpreadsheet library (version 1.18.0) bundled with the plugin.

Q: How many courses and groups appear in the export dropdowns?

Up to 500 published courses (sfwd-courses post type) and up to 500 published groups per query. Sites with more than 500 courses or groups may not see all options in the dropdown.

Q: Which users are included in an export?

All WordPress users are loaded (ordered by login, ascending). A user row is included only if they have at least one completed course ID, in-progress course ID, or group ID after the selected filters are applied.

Q: Can I filter the export by completion status?

Yes, but only on the Courses export form. You can check Completed, In Progress, or both. The All Users and All Groups export forms do not have a status filter.

Q: What columns are included in every export?

Each row contains 17 columns: User ID, Username, First Name, Last Name, User Email, Password (always empty), User Role, Completed Course IDs, Completed Course Date, In Progress Course IDs, In Progress Course Date (always empty), Group IDs, Address, Contact No., Organization, Ordered By, and Purchase Order No.

Q: Where do custom contact fields like Address and Organization come from?

They are read from WordPress user meta keys: address, contactno, organization_name, ordered_by, and po_number. These are typically populated when users enroll via the LearnDash Custom Enrollment Plugin.

Q: Can I export users who have not started a course yet?

A user row is only included if they have at least one completed or in-progress course ID, or a group ID. Users enrolled in a course but with zero activity may not appear in exports.

Q: Is there a way to schedule or automate exports?

No. The plugin does not support scheduled exports, cron jobs, email delivery, or background processing. All exports are generated manually on demand from the admin screen.

Q: Does the plugin work with LearnDash groups?

Yes. The Groups export form lets you select a single group or all groups. Group membership is read from the learndash_group_users_% user meta keys.

Q: What version of LearnDash is required?

The product page states LearnDash 4.3+ is tested. The plugin uses standard LearnDash functions such as ld_get_mycourses(), learndash_user_get_course_progress(), and learndash_user_get_course_completed_date().

Q: Is this a one-time purchase or a subscription?

It is an annual licence priced at $59, covering one domain and including 6 months of full support.

Q: Does the plugin add any database tables or custom post types?

No. The plugin does not register its own database tables or custom post types. It only reads existing WordPress user data and LearnDash meta.

Requirements: Requires PHP 7.4 or higher, WordPress 4.0 or higher (tested up to 6.4), and LearnDash LMS must be installed and active. Administrator-level access (manage_options capability) is required to use the export screen.

Pricing: Single annual licence at $59 USD covering one domain. Includes 6 months of full support from the date of purchase. No free tier or multi-site licence tier is listed on the product page.

View product →

Product

Learndash User Importer Exporter Plugin for Gold Memebrs

LearnDash LMS - User Import & Export is a WordPress admin plugin that lets site administrators bulk-import learners from CSV or Excel files into LearnDash courses and groups, and bulk-export learner enrollment data with filters by course or group. It combines two previously separate tools — the Custom User Enrollment Plugin and the User Export Plugin — into a single solution. All operations run in the WordPress dashboard; there is no front-end interface or automated scheduling.

Best for: LearnDash LMS administrators who need to efficiently manage large learner cohorts through bulk enrollment, progress migration, and structured data exports rather than manual one-by-one entry.

Key features
  • CSV, XLS, and XLSX import with drag-and-drop upload and per-row validation preview before records are saved
  • Create new WordPress users or update existing users during import, matched by User ID, username, or email
  • Enroll users in multiple LearnDash courses per row (comma-separated course IDs), set enrollment dates, and mark courses as Completed with completion dates
  • Assign users to LearnDash groups during import, merging with existing group assignments
  • Flexible export to CSV or Excel filtered by all users, specific course (Completed and/or In-Progress), or specific group — including enrollment dates, completion dates, and course IDs
  • Optional custom user meta fields (Address, Contact No., Organization, Ordered By, Purchase Order No.) importable and editable on the WordPress user profile screen
Use cases
  • Bulk-enroll dozens or hundreds of learners into LearnDash courses and groups in a single CSV upload instead of enrolling users one by one
  • Migrate learners from another LMS platform by importing users with pre-set course completion dates and In-Progress or Completed statuses
  • Export a structured report of user enrollments, completion dates, and contact information for compliance, auditing, or reporting purposes
  • Update existing user profile details (address, organization, contact number) and simultaneously enroll them in new courses via the same import file
  • Filter and export learner data by a specific course or LearnDash group for targeted reporting or integration with external credentialing systems
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I find the import and export screens after activation?

After activation, open LD Users Imp/Exp in the WordPress admin sidebar. The top-level item redirects to Import Learners. Export Learners is available as a submenu item beneath it.

Q: What file formats are supported for import?

The plugin supports CSV (.csv), Excel 97–2003 (.xls), and modern Excel (.xlsx) files. Sample templates for both CSV and Excel are downloadable directly from the Import Learners screen.

Q: What file formats are supported for export?

Exports can be downloaded as CSV or Excel (.xlsx). Generated files are saved to the plugin's assets/temp/ directory and are accessible via a download link shown in the success message.

Q: Can I download a sample import file?

Yes. On the Import Learners screen, click Sample CSV or Sample Excel to download pre-formatted templates from the plugin's assets/sample/ folder.

Q: What happens if the username does not exist during import?

A new WordPress user is created when the row contains a unique username and email address, and a password is provided. The role defaults to Subscriber if no role is specified in the import file.

Q: What happens if the username already exists during import?

The existing user is updated. New course enrollments are merged with any existing enrollments, and group assignments are merged with existing group memberships — nothing is overwritten or removed.

Q: Can I enroll a user into multiple courses in a single row?

Yes. Separate multiple course IDs with a comma in the course ID column of the import file, and the user will be enrolled in all listed courses simultaneously during that import.

Q: Can I mark courses as completed on import?

Yes. You can assign Completed status with a completion date during import. The plugin updates course progress, lessons, topics, quizzes, and activity records to reflect full completion.

Q: Can I assign users to LearnDash groups during import?

Yes. Include the group in the import file and users will be assigned to the specified LearnDash group simultaneously with course enrollment. Existing group assignments are preserved.

Q: What custom profile fields can I import?

The plugin supports importing Address, Contact No., Organization, Ordered By, and Purchase Order No. These fields are also editable on the WordPress user profile screen after import.

Q: Can I filter exports by course or group?

Yes. The Export Learners screen lets you export all users, filter by a specific course (with optional Completed and/or In-Progress status filters), or filter by a specific LearnDash group.

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnDash installed?

The plugin will load, but course enrollment, progress tracking, completion marking, and group assignment all depend on LearnDash functions and post types. Without LearnDash active, those features will not work.

Q: Who can access the import and export tools?

Only users with the manage_options capability, which is typically WordPress Administrators. There is no front-end interface; all tools run exclusively within the WordPress admin dashboard.

Q: Is there a row validation step before the import is committed?

Yes. After uploading a file, the plugin performs per-row validation and displays a preview table of results before any data is saved. You can review errors and correct them before committing the import.

Q: Are there any limits on the number of courses or groups shown in export dropdowns?

The export dropdowns load up to 500 published LearnDash courses (sfwd-courses post type) and up to 500 groups. Sites with more than 500 of either type may not see all options listed.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0 or higher and PHP 7.4 or higher. LearnDash LMS must be installed and active for course enrollment, progress, and group features to function; administrator-level access (manage_options capability) is required to use the plugin.

Pricing: Priced at $90 for Gold Members, covering use on up to 5 domains ($18 per domain). This is a discounted bundle compared to purchasing the Custom User Enrollment Plugin ($65) and User Export Plugin ($59) separately, which would cost $124. The Gold Member price saves $34 instantly. Ongoing support and free updates are included with the license.

View product →

Product

Learnpress Chat Plugin

The LearnPress Chat Plugin adds Firebase-powered real-time messaging to LearnPress LMS courses, enabling private one-to-one conversations between teachers and students without any load on your WordPress server. Chat rooms are scoped per course, so only enrolled students and assigned teachers can participate. Admins can enable or disable chat on a per-course basis directly from within LearnPress.

Best for: LearnPress LMS site owners — course creators, online educators, and e-learning administrators — who need fast, private teacher–student communication built directly into their courses.

Key features
  • Firebase Real-Time Database integration — all messaging routed through Google Firebase, placing zero load on WordPress hosting
  • One-to-one teacher–student private chat scoped to each individual course
  • Per-course enable/disable toggle giving admins full control over where chat is available
  • Lightning-fast message delivery with no perceptible delay for teachers and students
  • Single Domain API Licence — one purchase covers one live domain, with a free staging-site API key available on request
  • Free plugin updates and dedicated support included for the subscription duration
Use cases
  • A teacher answers a struggling student's question in real time during an active course without leaving the LearnPress environment
  • A course administrator disables chat for a self-paced course where real-time support is not required, while keeping it enabled for instructor-led courses
  • A student on a slow connection enjoys lag-free messaging because all chat traffic is handled by Firebase rather than the WordPress server
  • An online school tests the chat setup on a staging site using a free additional API key before going live on the production domain
  • A LearnPress site with many concurrent students maintains full page speed and uptime because Firebase offloads all messaging workload
FAQs (15)

Q: What technology powers the chat and why does it not slow down my site?

All messaging is routed through Google Firebase's Realtime Database. Because Firebase is an external service managed by Google, your WordPress server handles no chat traffic whatsoever, keeping page speed and uptime completely unaffected.

Q: Do I need a paid Firebase plan?

Firebase offers a free Spark plan that is sufficient for most LearnPress sites. You create a free account at firebase.google.com, set up a project, enable Email/Password Authentication, and configure Realtime Database rules — no billing required unless your usage exceeds Firebase's generous free tier limits.

Q: How do I obtain my Firebase API credentials?

Log in to firebase.google.com, open your project console, click the settings icon next to Project Overview, scroll to Your Apps, click Add App, select the web app option, and your credentials (API Key, Auth Domain, Database URL, Project ID, Storage Bucket, Messaging Sender ID, App ID) will generate within seconds.

Q: Where do I enter the Firebase credentials in WordPress?

After installing the plugin, go to your WordPress dashboard, click the LMS Conversation menu, open the Firebase Settings tab, paste each credential into its corresponding field, and click Save.

Q: Can I use the plugin on a staging site before going live?

Yes. Each purchase covers one live domain, but you can email the vendor to request a free one-time additional API key for your staging environment at no extra cost.

Q: Can students from different courses see each other's chat messages?

No. Chat is scoped per course, so only the students and teacher registered to a specific course can access that course's conversation. There is no cross-course message visibility.

Q: Can I turn chat off for a specific course?

Yes. The plugin includes a per-course enable/disable toggle. Course admins can switch chat on or off for any individual course directly from inside LearnPress without affecting other courses.

Q: Is the chat one-to-one or group-based?

The plugin supports one-to-one private conversations between a teacher and an individual student, enabling personalised guidance. Course-scoped chat rooms connect the relevant teacher and enrolled students for that specific course.

Q: How many domains does one licence cover?

Each purchase includes a Single Domain API Licence, meaning the plugin is authorised for use on one live domain. A free staging-site key is available on request, but additional live domains would require a separate purchase.

Q: Will I receive future plugin updates?

Yes. Free updates are included for the duration of your subscription, keeping the chat feature current and secure without any additional cost.

Q: Is support included with the purchase?

Yes. Dedicated support is included for the duration of your subscription so any issues or questions can be resolved without needing a separate support plan.

Q: Does the plugin require LearnPress to be installed?

Yes. This is an add-on specifically built for the LearnPress LMS plugin. LearnPress must be installed and active on your WordPress site for the chat plugin to function.

Q: What Firebase Realtime Database rules are needed?

During setup, navigate to Realtime Database in your Firebase console, click Rules in the top menu, set the rule value to true in the Edit Rules window, and hit Publish. This allows the plugin to read and write chat data.

Q: How much does the plugin cost?

The LearnPress Chat Plugin is priced at $75 and includes a Single Domain API Licence, free updates, and free support for the subscription duration.

Q: Will running chat on my site affect page load speed or server uptime?

No. Because all messaging is offloaded to Firebase, your WordPress server is not burdened by chat traffic. Page speed, server resources, and uptime are completely unaffected by the plugin.

Requirements: Requires an active LearnPress LMS installation on WordPress and a free Google Firebase project with Email/Password Authentication and Realtime Database enabled. No special PHP version or server-side messaging infrastructure is required, as all chat traffic is handled by Firebase.

Pricing: Single tier at $75 per purchase. Covers one live domain (Single Domain API Licence). Free updates and free dedicated support are included for the duration of the subscription. A complimentary staging-site API key is available on request via email at no additional charge.

View product →

Product

Learnpress Course Exporter in CSV or Excel

The LearnPress Course Exporter plugin lets you export any or all of your LearnPress courses — including lessons, sections, and categories — into a structured CSV or Excel spreadsheet with a single click. It solves the pain of manual course migration by providing an export file that is intentionally formatted to match the LearnPress Course Importer plugin template, enabling seamless site-to-site transfers with zero reformatting.

Best for: WordPress site owners, course creators, and eLearning developers who use LearnPress and need to back up, migrate, or transfer course content between sites without manual rebuilding.

Key features
  • Export all LearnPress courses at once into a single spreadsheet with one click
  • Export a single selected course with its complete structure and content
  • Lessons, sections, and categories are all automatically included in every export
  • Export in both CSV and Excel formats for maximum flexibility
  • Export template matches the LearnPress Course Importer plugin template exactly, enabling direct re-import with no reformatting
  • Staging site support — request a one-time additional API key for a staging environment at no extra cost via email
Use cases
  • Migrating a full course library from a staging site to a live WordPress site without recreating lessons and sections by hand
  • Creating a structured backup of all LearnPress courses in a portable CSV or Excel file for disaster recovery
  • Transferring a single course to a client's site using a matched export/import template with no reformatting required
  • Auditing course content offline by opening the exported spreadsheet in Excel or Google Sheets for review and editing
  • Bulk-exporting all courses at once to repurpose, share, or archive course structures for future use
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work with LearnPress out of the box?

Yes. The plugin is built specifically as an extension for the LearnPress courseware plugin. You simply install it alongside LearnPress and it integrates directly, requiring no additional configuration to start exporting.

Q: Can I export all my courses at once or only one at a time?

Both options are available. You can select all courses and export them together in a single spreadsheet with one click, or you can choose a single course for a targeted, precision export — whichever suits your workflow.

Q: What data is included in the export file?

The export includes courses, lessons, course sections, categories, and associated metadata. Nothing is orphaned — all structural elements are captured automatically so the exported file is a complete representation of your courseware.

Q: What file formats can I export to?

You can export in either CSV or Excel format. This gives you flexibility to open the file in spreadsheet tools like Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or LibreOffice, or to use it programmatically.

Q: Will the exported file work directly with the LearnPress Course Importer plugin?

Yes. The export template is intentionally kept identical to the LearnPress Course Importer plugin template from the same developer. This means you can re-import the file to another site with zero reformatting or data mapping required.

Q: Do I need technical skills to use this plugin?

No. The plugin is designed as a single-click solution. After installation and licence activation, you simply select your courses, choose a format, and click export. No coding or manual data handling is needed.

Q: How many sites can I use this plugin on?

Each purchase includes a Single Domain API Licence, which covers one live domain. If you need to use the plugin on additional sites, you would need to purchase additional licences.

Q: Can I use the plugin on my staging site for testing?

Yes. Staging site support is included. You can request a one-time additional API key for your staging environment by emailing support — there is no extra cost for the staging key.

Q: Will I receive updates to the plugin over time?

Yes. Free updates are included for the full duration of your subscription. You will automatically receive all future improvements and fixes at no additional charge.

Q: Is support included with my purchase?

Yes. Free support is included for the full duration of your subscription. You can reach out to the support team for any questions or issues during your subscription period.

Q: What is the current price of the plugin?

The plugin is priced at $65 and includes a Single Domain API Licence, free updates, and free support for the duration of your subscription.

Q: Does LearnPress have a built-in export feature I could use instead?

No. LearnPress does not offer a native course export option. This plugin was created specifically to fill that gap, providing the export functionality that LearnPress itself does not provide.

Q: Can I open the exported spreadsheet in Google Sheets?

Yes. Since the plugin exports in CSV or Excel format, you can open the resulting file in Google Sheets, Microsoft Excel, LibreOffice Calc, or any other spreadsheet application that supports those formats.

Q: What happens if I switch tools — will the export format still be compatible?

As long as you are using the paired LearnPress Course Importer plugin from the same developer, the template is guaranteed to match. The export format was designed specifically to align with that importer, eliminating compatibility mismatches.

Q: How do I get support if I have a problem?

Support is included for the duration of your subscription. You can contact the support team via email. For staging site API key requests, email the team directly and the key will be provided at no extra charge.

Requirements: Requires a WordPress installation with the LearnPress plugin active. Specific PHP and WordPress version minimums were not extractable from the available documentation; contact support for confirmed compatibility details.

Pricing: The plugin is sold at a single tier price of $65. Each purchase includes a Single Domain API Licence (one live domain), free updates for the duration of the subscription, free support for the duration of the subscription, and a free one-time staging site API key available on request via email. Additional domains require additional licence purchases.

View product →

Product

LearnPress Custom Negative Marking Plugin for WordPress | Smart Quiz Scoring Addon

LearnPress Custom Negative Marking is a WordPress plugin that adds partial negative marking to LearnPress quizzes, allowing educators to deduct a fixed point value or a percentage of each question's mark for wrong or skipped answers. It operates entirely through official LearnPress hooks with no core edits required, and is configured per-quiz inside the WordPress admin UI. This discourages random guessing and brings quiz scoring in line with real-world exam standards.

Best for: WordPress educators, course creators, and LMS administrators using LearnPress who need professional-grade negative marking for entrance tests, certification quizzes, or any assessment where discouraging random guessing is important.

Key features
  • Fixed point deduction — deduct a flat amount (e.g. −0.25 or −1) per wrong or skipped answer regardless of question mark
  • Percentage-based deduction — deduct a percentage of each question's individual mark (e.g. 25%), so harder questions carry a higher penalty
  • Per-quiz control — set a unique negative marking value in each quiz's settings, or leave empty to fall back to default LearnPress behaviour
  • No core edits — works entirely via official LearnPress hooks and filters; updating LearnPress will not break the plugin
  • Works with Instant Check and attempt review — consistent negative scoring on quiz submission, mid-quiz Instant Check, and completed attempt reviews
  • Free updates included for the duration of the annual subscription, ensuring compatibility with latest LearnPress and WordPress releases
Use cases
  • Entrance exams where guessing must carry a real penalty, such as −0.25 per wrong answer
  • Certification quizzes requiring fractional deductions to reflect industry or professional exam standards
  • Mixed-difficulty quizzes where percentage-based deductions proportionally penalise wrong answers on high-value questions
  • Multi-course sites where each quiz needs its own unique negative marking value without affecting other quizzes
  • Any LearnPress quiz that uses Instant Check, ensuring consistent negative scoring during mid-quiz answer reviews
FAQs (15)

Q: What is the difference between fixed point deduction and percentage-based deduction?

A fixed point deduction subtracts a flat amount (e.g. −0.25 or −1) from the student's score for every wrong or skipped answer, regardless of the question's mark value. A percentage-based deduction subtracts a percentage of each question's individual mark (e.g. 25%), meaning higher-value questions carry a proportionally greater penalty.

Q: Will this plugin affect my existing quizzes if I don't configure it on them?

No. If you leave the negative marking field empty on any quiz, the plugin falls back to default LearnPress behaviour for that quiz. Only quizzes where you explicitly set a value are affected.

Q: Does negative marking apply when students use Instant Check?

Yes. The plugin applies negative marking when students use LearnPress's Instant Check feature, ensuring scoring is consistent whether a student checks answers mid-quiz or submits the quiz in full.

Q: Is the penalised score shown correctly during attempt reviews?

Yes. Penalty scoring is enforced when students or instructors review completed quiz attempts, keeping displayed scores accurate and consistent with the final submitted score.

Q: Will updating LearnPress break this plugin?

No. The plugin operates entirely through official LearnPress hooks and filters. It makes no core edits, so updating LearnPress will not break the plugin or require manual re-patching.

Q: What versions of WordPress, PHP, and LearnPress are supported?

The plugin requires WordPress 6.0+, PHP 7.4+ (tested with PHP 7.4, 8.0, 8.1, and 8.2), and LearnPress 4.0.0+ (tested up to 4.3.1). It has been tested on WordPress 6.0 through 6.8.

Q: Does the plugin work with page builders like Elementor or Gutenberg?

Yes. The plugin only extends scoring logic and has no conflict with standard LearnPress themes or page builders including Gutenberg and Elementor for quiz display.

Q: Can I set a different negative marking value for each quiz?

Yes. Each quiz has its own negative marking settings field. You can assign a unique value per quiz, making it suitable for sites with mixed quiz types such as entrance tests, certifications, and standard course assessments.

Q: Does this replace LearnPress's built-in negative marking option?

No. LearnPress's native 'Negative Marking' and 'Minus for skip' options still control whether a deduction happens. This plugin changes how much is deducted when those native options are enabled, adding support for fractional and percentage-based values.

Q: Do I need a developer to configure this plugin?

No. Everything is managed through the WordPress admin UI. There are no PHP snippets, theme file edits, or command-line steps required. One setting per quiz is all that is needed.

Q: What happens to skipped questions?

Both fixed and percentage-based deduction modes apply to skipped answers as well as wrong answers, so leaving a question blank also carries a penalty when the plugin is configured.

Q: Is the licence for a single domain?

Yes. The plugin is sold as a single domain API licence, meaning one active licence covers one WordPress installation.

Q: Are plugin updates included with the purchase?

Yes. Free updates are included for the duration of your annual subscription. As long as your subscription is active, you receive every plugin update at no extra cost.

Q: Can I use a percentage deduction so harder questions cost more to get wrong?

Yes. The percentage-based deduction mode deducts a percentage of each question's individual mark, so a high-value question automatically carries a larger absolute penalty than a low-value question at the same percentage rate.

Q: Is the score calculated at submission or only when the quiz is reviewed later?

Both. Deductions are calculated and applied at the moment a student submits their quiz, and the penalised total is also correctly displayed when completed attempts are reviewed later.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0 or higher, PHP 7.4 or higher (tested up to PHP 8.2), and LearnPress 4.0.0 or higher (tested up to 4.3.x). No special hosting configuration is needed beyond a standard WordPress-compatible environment.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $49 per year as a single domain annual licence. The licence includes free plugin updates for the entire subscription duration. There is one tier with no mention of multi-site or multi-domain options in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

Learnpress Custom User Importer Plugin

LearnPress Custom User Importer is a WordPress admin plugin that lets you bulk-create or update WordPress users and instantly enroll them into LearnPress courses via a single CSV upload. It creates completed LearnPress orders, writes enrollment records to LearnPress database tables, and saves extended profile data including address, organization, social links, and ordered-by fields. A ready-made 17-field CSV template and PDF guide are included to get you started immediately.

Best for: WordPress site owners and LMS administrators running LearnPress who need to onboard dozens, hundreds, or thousands of students into one or more courses without manual enrollment.

Key features
  • CSV bulk import — create or update unlimited users and enroll them in one or more LearnPress courses in a single upload
  • Multiple course enrollment per row — list comma-separated LearnPress course post IDs in column 8 (e.g. 15156,15157)
  • Existing user updates — supply a numeric WordPress User ID in the first column to update profile data without creating duplicates
  • Extended profile fields — stores address, organization, and ordered-by data as user meta (lp_user_address, lp_user_org_name, lp_user_ordered_by) and displays them on the WordPress user profile screen
  • Social profile import — imports Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and LinkedIn URLs into LearnPress's _lp_extra_info meta
  • Ready-made 17-field CSV template and PDF guide downloadable directly from the LearnPress → User Enrollment admin screen
Use cases
  • Bulk enrolling a corporate training cohort of 500+ employees into multiple LearnPress courses in a single CSV upload
  • Onboarding new students at the start of a term by importing names, emails, passwords, and course assignments all at once
  • Updating existing user profile data — bios, organizations, social links, addresses — for an entire user base without touching individual profile pages
  • Managing B2B enrollments where an 'Ordered By' contact purchases seats on behalf of multiple students
  • Migrating student enrollment records from an external system into LearnPress with accurate historical order dates
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I find the import screen?

Go to your WordPress admin and navigate to LearnPress → User Enrollment (menu slug: lp-user-enrollment). You must have the manage_options capability to access it.

Q: How do I update an existing user instead of creating a new one?

Put the WordPress user ID in the first column (User ID) of the CSV row. The plugin will run wp_update_user and update user meta for that record. If User ID is empty and the username/email already exist, the importer prompts you to supply the User ID.

Q: Can I enroll a user in multiple courses at once?

Yes. Enter comma-separated LearnPress course post IDs in the Enrolled Course ID column — for example, 15156,15157. Each ID must match an existing lp_course post in your WordPress database.

Q: What happens to rows with the lp_teacher role?

The WordPress user account can still be created, but the plugin skips the course enrollment loop for the lp_teacher role. No instructor-to-course assignment logic runs.

Q: Does updating an existing user re-enroll them in courses?

No. When you update a user by providing their User ID, the plugin only runs wp_update_user and updates user meta fields. No new LearnPress orders or enrollment records are created in the update path.

Q: What fields does the CSV template include?

The template has 17 fields: User ID, Username, Email, First Name, Last Name, Password, Bio, Role, Enrolled Course ID, Date of Order, Address, Organization, Ordered By, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and LinkedIn.

Q: Which user roles can I assign during import?

You can pass any valid WordPress role slug in the Role column — it is normalized to lowercase with spaces removed. Examples: subscriber, lp_teacher. If the Role column is empty on a new user, WordPress defaults to subscriber.

Q: How is enrollment recorded in LearnPress?

For new non-lp_teacher users, the plugin creates a completed LearnPress order using LP_Order, writes rows to the learnpress_user_items and learnpress_order_items database tables, and uses the Date of Order column for order post dates and enrollment start timestamps.

Q: Can I import social profile links?

Yes. Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and LinkedIn URLs can be included in the CSV and are saved into each user's LearnPress _lp_extra_info meta on import.

Q: Is there a limit to how many users I can import at once?

The plugin imposes no row limit. Practical limits depend on your server's PHP execution time and memory. Large imports (thousands of rows) may require adjusting max_execution_time on your host.

Q: Does the plugin work with WooCommerce?

The product page notes WooCommerce compatibility. However, the core enrollment mechanism uses LearnPress's own order system (LP_Order and LearnPress database tables), not WooCommerce orders.

Q: What profile fields are added to the WordPress user profile screen?

The plugin adds Address, Organization, and Ordered By fields to the Users → Profile edit screen, saved via the personal_options_update and edit_user_profile_update hooks.

Q: Can I import profile pictures?

No. Although a profile picture column may appear in the CSV template context, the code for _lp_profile_picture is commented out and unused. Profile image import is not implemented.

Q: Does the plugin provide a front-end import form or REST API?

No. The import is admin-only via the LearnPress → User Enrollment screen. There is no public-facing UI and no REST API endpoint.

Q: Where can I get support or download the PDF guide?

Support is available at https://support.wppluginsforyou.com/. The PDF guide can be downloaded directly from the LearnPress → User Enrollment admin page (links to includes/templates/download-guide.pdf).

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher, PHP 5.6 or higher, and the LearnPress LMS plugin installed and active. The admin import screen requires the manage_options capability.

Pricing: One-time purchase of $65 USD. Includes an annual license with free updates and instant download. No stated per-site limit or tiered pricing in available documentation.

View product →

Product

Learnpress Excel CSV Course Importer

LearnPress Excel CSV Course Importer is a WordPress plugin that lets you bulk-import and update full LearnPress courses — including sections, lessons, categories, tags, and featured images — from a single Excel CSV file. It uses a pre-structured template and handles deduplication intelligently, creating missing content and updating existing content without overwriting untouched fields. You can re-upload the same file multiple times and use multiple sheets for different courses.

Best for: Online course creators, eLearning administrators, and WordPress site owners who use LearnPress and need to build or update large course libraries quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Downloadable pre-structured Excel CSV template with all required columns (course title, section title, lesson title, categories, tags, content, featured image URL)
  • Intelligent deduplication — updates existing courses, sections, and lessons; creates missing ones on every upload
  • Multiple sheets per Excel file for organising different courses in one workbook
  • Partial field updates — leave columns blank to avoid overwriting existing data
  • Featured image import via URL entered directly in the CSV
  • Case-sensitive title matching for courses, sections, and lessons to ensure updates target exactly the right content
  • Support for identical section and lesson names across different courses without unintended merging or overwriting
  • Unique lesson order numbering within each section for precise learner progression control
  • Single-domain API licence included with each purchase
Use cases
  • Bulk-creating an entire course library with sections and lessons from a spreadsheet in one upload
  • Updating course titles, descriptions, or lesson content across multiple courses without navigating individual admin screens
  • Migrating course structures from an external curriculum document into LearnPress by filling a CSV template
  • Maintaining and versioning course content in Excel and re-importing updates on a recurring basis
  • Organising a large course library across multiple Excel sheets and importing them all from a single file
FAQs (15)

Q: What does this plugin actually import?

It imports full LearnPress courses including course title, section titles, lesson titles, lesson content, categories, tags, and featured image URLs — all defined in a single Excel CSV file.

Q: Do I need to build courses manually after importing?

No. The plugin auto-creates all sections and lessons defined in your CSV. If they already exist, they are updated. Nothing needs to be built manually after a successful import.

Q: Can I re-upload the same CSV file multiple times?

Yes. The plugin handles deduplication intelligently on every upload — updating what already exists and creating what doesn't — so re-uploading the same file multiple times causes no duplicate content.

Q: Will uploading a CSV overwrite data I haven't included?

No. Partial field updates are supported. Any column you leave blank in the CSV is ignored, so existing data for that field is preserved.

Q: Can I use multiple sheets in one Excel file?

Yes. You can organise different courses across multiple sheets within a single Excel CSV file. The plugin processes each sheet separately, keeping large course libraries tidy.

Q: What happens if two courses have a section with the same name?

The plugin creates separate sections for each course rather than merging them. Same section names across different courses are fully supported without incorrect data sharing.

Q: Can two different courses have lessons with the same title?

Yes. Identical lesson names across different courses or sections are each treated as distinct lessons, preventing unintended overwrites.

Q: How do I set the order of lessons in a section?

You assign unique lesson order numbers within the same section in the CSV. Order numbers must be unique per section to give you precise control over learner progression.

Q: How are course, section, and lesson titles matched on re-import?

Matching is case-sensitive. 'Introduction' and 'introduction' are treated as different items, so ensure consistent capitalisation in your CSV to target the correct existing content.

Q: How does featured image import work?

Enter a properly formatted, publicly accessible image URL in the featured image URL column of the CSV. The plugin imports and assigns the image as the course featured image on every upload.

Q: Does this plugin work without LearnPress installed?

No. The plugin requires the LearnPress LMS plugin to be installed and active on your WordPress site, as it imports directly into LearnPress course structures.

Q: How many websites can I use this plugin on?

Each purchase includes a single-domain API licence, meaning the plugin is licensed for use on one website. Additional licences are required for additional domains.

Q: Is a CSV template provided?

Yes. A pre-structured Excel CSV template with all required columns is included with the plugin, ready for you to fill in and upload.

Q: What is the current price and what does a licence include?

The plugin is currently on sale at $75 USD (regular price $85 USD). Each purchase includes an instant download, an annual licence, and free updates for the licence period.

Q: Is this plugin related to the LearnPress Quiz Import plugin?

They are separate products from the same developer. The LearnPress Excel CSV Course Importer handles course, section, and lesson import, while the Quiz Import plugin handles quiz content import.

Requirements: Requires a WordPress installation with the LearnPress LMS plugin active; specific PHP and WordPress minimum versions were not explicitly stated in the available product page documentation. A valid single-domain API licence is required for the plugin to function.

Pricing: Current sale price is $75 USD; regular price is $85 USD. Each purchase includes an instant download, an annual licence, and free updates. The licence is single-domain, meaning one purchase covers one website. Renewal or additional domain licences would require separate purchases.

View product →

Product

LearnPress Quiz Exporter to Excel or CSV

LearnPress Quiz Exporter to Excel or CSV is a WordPress plugin that allows users to export quiz questions from the LearnPress LMS plugin into Excel or CSV format with a single click. Users can export questions assigned to specific quizzes, all unassigned questions, or all questions at once. It simplifies course content management and backup by making quiz data portable and editable outside of WordPress.

Best for: Online course creators, eLearning administrators, and instructional designers who use LearnPress and need to export, back up, or share quiz question data in spreadsheet format.

Key features
  • One-click export of all LearnPress quiz questions to Excel or CSV
  • Quiz-wise export: export questions belonging to a specific quiz
  • Unassigned question export: export all questions not yet assigned to any quiz
  • Export ALL questions option with a single selection
  • Single-domain API licence included with each purchase
  • Free updates and support for the duration of the subscription
Use cases
  • Exporting all quiz questions from LearnPress in one click for a full content backup
  • Exporting questions assigned to a specific quiz for review or editing in Excel or CSV
  • Exporting unassigned quiz questions as a standalone dataset for reuse or auditing
  • Sharing quiz content with colleagues or stakeholders in a universally readable spreadsheet format
  • Migrating or archiving quiz question banks when transitioning between course setups
FAQs (15)

Q: What export formats are supported?

The plugin supports exporting quiz questions to both Excel (.xlsx) and CSV formats, giving you flexibility depending on your preferred spreadsheet application.

Q: Can I export questions from a specific quiz only?

Yes. You can select a specific quiz and export only the questions assigned to that quiz, making it easy to manage content quiz by quiz.

Q: Can I export questions that are not assigned to any quiz?

Yes. The plugin has a dedicated option to export all unassigned quiz questions as a separate dataset.

Q: Is it possible to export all questions at once?

Yes. Simply select the 'ALL' option to export every quiz question in your LearnPress installation in one click.

Q: How many domains does one licence cover?

Each purchase grants a single-domain API licence for one live domain.

Q: Can I use this plugin on a staging site?

Yes. If you need to test on a staging site first, send an email to the support team to request a one-time additional API key for the staging environment.

Q: Does the licence include free updates?

Yes. Free updates are included for the duration of your subscription.

Q: Is free support included?

Yes. Free support is provided for the duration of your subscription period.

Q: Do I need LearnPress installed for this plugin to work?

Yes. This plugin is an add-on for LearnPress and requires the LearnPress LMS plugin to be installed and active on your WordPress site.

Q: Is there a video demonstration available?

Yes. A demo video is available on the product page at YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mQNagsrEa7A) showing the full export workflow.

Q: What is the current price of the plugin?

The plugin is currently priced at $65, which includes a single-domain API licence, free updates, and free support for the subscription duration.

Q: Can I use this plugin on multiple live sites?

No. One purchase covers one live domain. You would need to purchase additional licences for additional live domains.

Q: What happens to my access when my subscription ends?

Free updates and support are tied to the subscription duration. Contact the support team for details on renewing your subscription to maintain those benefits.

Q: Is this plugin compatible with the latest version of LearnPress?

The plugin is designed for the LearnPress LMS ecosystem. For the most up-to-date compatibility information, contact support or review the product page for any stated version requirements.

Q: How do I get started after purchasing?

After purchase you'll receive an API licence key. Install and activate the plugin on your WordPress site, enter the key, then use the export interface to select your desired export scope and download your file.

Requirements: Requires a working installation of the LearnPress LMS plugin on WordPress. Specific PHP and WordPress version requirements were not extractable from the available documentation; contact support for exact compatibility details.

Pricing: Single tier at $65 per purchase. Each purchase provides one single-domain API licence, free updates for the subscription duration, and free support for the subscription duration. A one-time staging-site API key is available on request via email at no additional charge.

View product →

Product

Learnpress Quiz Importer Plugin| Now Import From Google Sheet !

The Learnpress Quiz Importer Plugin is a WordPress extension that lets course creators bulk import quiz questions directly into Learnpress from Excel (.xlsx) spreadsheets, CSV files, or live Google Sheets. It eliminates manual question-by-question entry by using a pre-built template to map questions, answer options, and correct answers automatically. The April 2026 update added Google Sheet import support and Fill-in-Blanks question types with three integrated blank options.

Best for: This plugin is ideal for eLearning course creators, instructional designers, and training teams who manage large question banks in spreadsheets and need to populate Learnpress courses quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Excel (.xlsx) spreadsheet import — upload and import quiz questions directly from an Excel file in one click
  • CSV file import — full support for CSV files, compatible with virtually any spreadsheet application
  • Google Sheet import (added April 2026) — connect via Google Sheet URL and import without downloading a file
  • Fill-in-Blanks question type support — import Fill-in-Blanks questions with three newly integrated blank options
  • Pre-built Excel template — an included ready-to-use template removes formatting guesswork
  • Multiple answer options per question — define all answer choices in the spreadsheet and they are automatically mapped to Learnpress question fields
Use cases
  • Bulk importing hundreds of quiz questions from an existing Excel question bank into Learnpress in a single operation
  • Collaborating on quiz content in Google Sheets with a team and pushing questions live to Learnpress without downloading files
  • Migrating quiz content from another LMS or spreadsheet tool into Learnpress using a CSV export
  • Creating Fill-in-Blanks style quiz questions at scale by defining blank options inside a spreadsheet template
  • Rapidly building out multiple Learnpress courses with pre-written question libraries to reduce course development time
FAQs (15)

Q: What file formats does the plugin support for importing quiz questions?

The plugin supports three import formats: Excel spreadsheets (.xlsx), CSV files, and live Google Sheets via URL. All three formats are fully supported and can be used interchangeably depending on your workflow.

Q: Do I need to format my spreadsheet in a specific way before importing?

Yes. The plugin includes a pre-built Excel template that defines the required column structure for questions, answer options, and correct answers. Fill in this template to ensure the importer maps your data correctly — no formatting guesswork required.

Q: Does the plugin support Fill-in-Blanks question types?

Yes. The plugin supports Fill-in-Blanks question types with three integrated blank options. This was introduced in the latest update (April 2026) and is one of the most requested interactive question formats for Learnpress.

Q: When was Google Sheet import support added?

Google Sheet import support was added in the April 2026 update. You can connect a live Google Sheet via its URL and import quizzes directly without needing to download any file first.

Q: Can I import questions into multiple quizzes or courses in one operation?

Yes. The plugin supports bulk question import, allowing you to import hundreds of questions across multiple quizzes in a single operation, significantly reducing the time needed to build large Learnpress course libraries.

Q: Does this plugin work with the free version of Learnpress?

The plugin is built as a dedicated extension for the Learnpress courseware plugin on WordPress. Whether it requires Learnpress Pro or works with the free version is not specified in the available documentation — please contact the vendor to confirm.

Q: How much does the plugin cost?

The plugin is priced at $75 USD and includes an annual licence and free updates. There is instant download access upon purchase.

Q: Is the licence a one-time purchase or recurring?

The licence is annual. At $75 USD per year, it includes free updates for the duration of the licence period.

Q: How many answer options can I define per question?

You can define multiple answer choices for each question directly inside your spreadsheet. The importer maps all options automatically to the correct Learnpress question fields. The exact maximum number of options is not specified in available documentation.

Q: Do I need technical skills to use this plugin?

No advanced technical skills are required. The setup involves installing the plugin, filling in the included Excel template, selecting your import source, and clicking import. The three-step process is designed for course creators without developer expertise.

Q: Can my team collaborate on quiz questions before importing?

Yes. The Google Sheet import feature (added April 2026) is specifically designed for team collaboration. Your team can work on the question bank online in Google Sheets, and you can push the content directly to Learnpress via the Google Sheet URL.

Q: Will the plugin receive future updates?

Yes. Free updates are included with the annual licence. The plugin has already received significant updates, including the April 2026 release that added Google Sheet import and Fill-in-Blanks question type support with three blank options.

Q: Is this plugin a workaround or a native Learnpress extension?

It is built specifically as a dedicated extension for Learnpress on WordPress — not a generic workaround. It integrates cleanly with Learnpress and creates quiz questions directly within the LMS.

Q: What happens after I run the import?

After clicking import, the plugin automatically creates all quiz questions inside Learnpress, including Fill-in-Blanks types. The quiz is immediately ready to attach to any course — no additional configuration steps are required.

Q: Is there a template included, or do I need to create my own spreadsheet structure?

A ready-to-use Excel template is included with the plugin. Simply open it, enter your questions and answer options in the designated columns, and it is ready to import — no need to build or guess the correct format yourself.

Requirements: The plugin requires an active installation of the Learnpress courseware plugin on WordPress. Specific PHP and WordPress minimum version requirements were not extractable from the available documentation; please confirm with the vendor before purchase.

Pricing: Single price tier of $75 USD. Includes an annual licence, instant download, and free updates for the licence period. No multi-site or lifetime pricing tiers are mentioned in available documentation.

View product →

Product

LifterLMS Advanced Quiz Importer Plugin

LifterLMS Advanced Quiz Importer is a WordPress plugin that lets course creators bulk-import quizzes into LifterLMS using a standard CSV or Excel file, eliminating the need to build questions one by one. It supports all 9 advanced question types available in LifterLMS Advanced Quizzes and can generate multiple distinct quizzes from a single import file. Ready-made templates remove formatting guesswork and allow large question banks to be imported in seconds.

Best for: Online course creators, instructional designers, and eLearning businesses who build courses on LifterLMS and need to populate quizzes quickly — especially when migrating from another platform or working with large question banks.

Key features
  • Bulk CSV or Excel import — upload a single file to create dozens of questions instantly with no coding required
  • Supports all 9 advanced question types: Fill in the Blank, Reorder Items, Picture Reorder, Short Answer, Long Answer, File Upload, Code, Scale, and Content
  • Ready-made import templates for each question type available after purchase, removing all formatting guesswork
  • Create multiple quizzes in one import — a single file can populate several distinct quizzes within your LifterLMS courses simultaneously
  • Image and video support — include media URLs in your import file to build multimedia questions without post-import editing
  • Seamless compatibility with LifterLMS 7.5+ (tested on 8.0.0) and LifterLMS Advanced Quizzes add-on version 3+
Use cases
  • Migrating an existing question bank from a spreadsheet or another LMS platform into LifterLMS without manual copy-pasting
  • Rapidly launching a new course by importing dozens of pre-written quiz questions in a single upload
  • Creating multiple distinct quizzes across several LifterLMS courses simultaneously from one import file
  • Building rich multimedia assessments by including image and video URLs directly in the import file
  • Scaling a quiz library for certification or compliance training programmes that require frequent content updates
FAQs (15)

Q: What question types does the plugin support?

The plugin supports all 9 advanced question types available in LifterLMS Advanced Quizzes: Fill in the Blank, Reorder Items, Picture Reorder, Short Answer, Long Answer, File Upload, Code, Scale, and Content.

Q: Do I need LifterLMS Advanced Quizzes installed to use this plugin?

Yes. The plugin is an extension that requires both LifterLMS (version 7.5+) and the LifterLMS Advanced Quizzes add-on (version 3+) to be installed and active on your site.

Q: Can I import questions for multiple quizzes in a single file?

Yes. A single CSV or Excel import file can generate multiple distinct quizzes inside your LifterLMS courses simultaneously, saving significant time when building out entire courses.

Q: Where do I get the import templates?

Pre-built CSV or Excel templates for each supported question type are available to download after purchase and plugin installation. They define the exact column format required for a successful import.

Q: Can I add images or videos to my imported questions?

Yes. You can include image and video URLs directly in your import file. The plugin will attach the media to the appropriate questions, so no manual post-import editing is needed.

Q: How many domains does one licence cover?

Each licence covers a single domain. If you need to use the plugin on additional sites, you will need a separate licence for each domain.

Q: Does the licence include updates and support?

Yes. Your annual subscription includes free plugin updates and direct support from the plugin team for the duration of your active subscription, with no additional support fees.

Q: What happens to my plugin access if my subscription lapses?

Updates and support are available while your subscription is active. If your subscription lapses, the plugin will continue to work on your site but you will no longer receive new updates or support.

Q: Is there a money-back guarantee?

Yes. The plugin comes with a 30-day full refund guarantee. If it doesn't meet your needs within 30 days of purchase, you can request a full refund with no questions asked.

Q: What file formats are accepted for import?

The plugin accepts both CSV (.csv) and Excel (.xlsx) file formats for importing quiz questions.

Q: How many questions can I import at once?

The plugin is designed for bulk processing, allowing large question banks that would take hours to enter manually to be imported in seconds. No specific hard limit is documented.

Q: Do I need coding skills to use this plugin?

No. The import process is entirely no-code. You fill in a provided spreadsheet template and upload it through the plugin's interface — no programming or technical configuration is required.

Q: What version of LifterLMS is required?

The plugin requires LifterLMS version 7.5 or higher and has been tested on LifterLMS version 8.0.0.

Q: How is the plugin delivered after purchase?

The plugin is available as an instant download immediately after purchase through the product page.

Q: Can I use this plugin to migrate quizzes from another LMS?

Yes. If you can export your existing quiz content into a CSV or Excel file and map it to the provided templates, you can use the plugin to migrate questions into LifterLMS from other platforms or spreadsheets.

Requirements: Requires LifterLMS version 7.5 or higher (tested up to 8.0.0) and the LifterLMS Advanced Quizzes add-on version 3 or higher. Standard WordPress hosting with the ability to install plugins is required; no special server configuration is documented.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $69 and sold as an annual subscription. Each licence covers one domain. The subscription includes free plugin updates and direct support for the duration of the active subscription period. A 30-day full money-back guarantee is offered on all purchases.

View product →

Product

LifterLMS Chat Plugin

LifterLMS Chat is a real-time messaging plugin for LifterLMS-powered WordPress sites, using Firebase Realtime Database so all chat data is stored off-site without slowing down your server. Enrolled students and course instructors get a floating chat widget on course and lesson pages, supporting both a course-wide public room and private one-to-one conversations. Admins control chat globally or per-course, with options for file sharing, message deletion, notification sounds, and presence indicators.

Best for: Online course creators and eLearning site owners running LifterLMS who want real-time student-teacher and peer-to-peer communication built directly into their course pages.

Key features
  • Firebase Realtime Database backend — chat is fast and adds zero load to your WordPress server
  • Course public room plus private one-to-one messaging between any enrolled participants
  • Per-course on/off control via a sidebar metabox on the LifterLMS course edit screen
  • File and image attachments uploaded to Firebase Storage and displayed inline
  • Optional message deletion for users' own messages when permitted by the admin
  • Selectable notification sounds, online/offline presence indicators, and unread badge counts
Use cases
  • Students asking instructors quick clarifying questions without leaving the course lesson page
  • Peer-to-peer study discussions in a course-wide public chat room
  • Instructors privately messaging individual students about assignment feedback
  • Admins enabling chat only for specific high-engagement courses while keeping it off elsewhere
  • Students and teachers sharing PDF, XLS, DOC, or image files directly within the course chat
FAQs (15)

Q: Who can see and use the chat widget?

Only logged-in users on LifterLMS course or lesson pages where chat is globally enabled. The viewer must be either the course author or an enrolled student (verified via LLMS_Student::is_enrolled()). The widget does not appear in wp-admin or to non-enrolled visitors.

Q: Where are messages and files actually stored?

Messages, presence data, and attachment metadata are stored in Firebase Realtime Database under /messages/{course_id}/. File binaries (PDFs, images, etc.) are stored in Firebase Storage. Nothing chat-related is saved in your WordPress database.

Q: Can instructors disable chat for just one course?

Yes. When 'Conversation Controller on Course' is enabled in admin settings, an 'LMS Conversation' metabox appears on the LifterLMS course edit screen. The course author can toggle 'Allow Conversation' on or off per course using the allow_conversation post meta.

Q: Does the chat work on lesson pages, not just course pages?

Yes. On lesson post types, the plugin reads the _llms_parent_course post meta to determine the parent course ID. That course ID is used for both enrollment checks and Firebase data paths, so the chat context is always course-scoped.

Q: Does this plugin add custom tables to my WordPress database?

No. Plugin settings are stored in the WordPress option lmsc_config. All chat data lives entirely in Firebase, so there are no custom database tables added to your WordPress installation.

Q: What file types can be shared in chat?

Participants can share PDF, XLS, and DOC files as attachments. Images can also be sent and will display inline within the chat thread. Files are uploaded to and served from Firebase Storage.

Q: Can users delete their own messages?

Yes, if the admin enables 'Allow user to remove own message' (the remove_access setting) in General Settings. Without that setting enabled, users cannot delete messages regardless of their role.

Q: What notification sound options are available?

The admin can choose from 13 options: No Sound, Juntos, Me-too, Doorbell Single Press, Dry Pop-up Notification Alert, Elevator Tone, Gaming Lock, Sci Fi Click, Sci Fi Reject Notification, Software Interface Back, Software Interface Remove, Store Door Bell Ring, or Percussion Sound.

Q: Do profile photos appear in the chat window?

Yes. If a student or teacher has uploaded a profile image in their WordPress user profile, the chat widget automatically fetches and displays it next to their messages for easy identification.

Q: Will this plugin slow down my website?

No. Because all message delivery and storage go through Firebase Realtime Database and Firebase Storage, there is no additional database load on your WordPress server from chat activity.

Q: How does the plugin handle courses vs. lessons for chat routing?

On course pages, the course post ID is used directly. On lesson pages, the plugin reads _llms_parent_course meta to retrieve the parent course ID, ensuring all participants on the same course share the same chat room regardless of which lesson they are viewing.

Q: Is a Firebase account required, and is it free?

Yes, you must set up a Firebase project with Realtime Database, Email/Password Authentication, and Storage enabled. Firebase offers a free Spark plan, though heavy usage may require a paid Blaze plan. Firebase setup instructions are in the plugin's Information tab and DOCUMENTATION.md.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are required?

The plugin requires WordPress 4.4 or newer and PHP 7.4 or higher. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4.

Q: Can I search for participants in the chat sidebar?

Yes. The front-end chat includes a participant search/filter feature in the chat sidebar so users can quickly find and open a private conversation with a specific person enrolled in the same course.

Q: How many domains does a single license cover?

A single purchase provides an API license for use on one domain only. If you need to deploy first on a staging site and then a live site, you can email the developer for a one-time additional API key at no extra charge.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.4 or newer, PHP 7.4 or higher, and an active installation of the LifterLMS plugin (lifterlms/lifterlms.php). A Firebase project with Realtime Database, Email/Password Authentication, and Storage enabled is also required.

Pricing: Single purchase price is $75 USD and includes an API license valid for one domain. A one-time additional API key is available at no extra charge via email if you need to move from a staging domain to a live domain. No multi-site or multi-domain tiers are mentioned.

View product →

Product

LifterLMS Course Exporter to Excel or CSV

LifterLMS Course Exporter to Excel or CSV is a WordPress admin plugin that reads your LifterLMS course structure — courses, sections, and lessons — and downloads it as a CSV or Excel (.xlsx) spreadsheet in seconds. It adds a dedicated submenu under the LifterLMS Courses admin area and supports exporting a single course or all published courses at once. The plugin is export-only and does not modify any course content.

Best for: LifterLMS site administrators who need to audit, back up, migrate, or share their course structure in a spreadsheet format without manual copy-pasting.

Key features
  • Export one specific course or all published courses in a single action via a multi-select dropdown
  • Excel (.xlsx) export generated with PHPExcel 1.8 — opens in Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or any compatible app
  • CSV export for maximum compatibility with CRMs, migration scripts, and data tools
  • Full course hierarchy exported: course metadata, section titles, lesson titles/content, video/audio embeds, and assigned quiz title
  • Course taxonomies exported: course_cat, course_tag, and course_difficulty (comma-separated for multiples)
  • Formatted Excel output with bold size-12 header row, Calibri font, and auto-sized columns A–E
Use cases
  • Auditing lesson and section structure across all courses in a single spreadsheet
  • Backing up course metadata (titles, descriptions, video embeds, taxonomies) to an offline record
  • Migrating course structure data to another site or platform by exporting to CSV for scripted import
  • Sharing a course outline with stakeholders or instructional designers via Excel or Google Sheets
  • Quickly reviewing assigned quizzes per lesson without navigating the WordPress admin one-by-one
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I find the exporter in the WordPress admin?

Go to the LifterLMS Courses list in your admin menu, then click the CSV Courses Exporter submenu. The menu slug is csv-courses-exporter and it is only visible to users with the manage_options capability (Administrators).

Q: Can I export all courses at once?

Yes. In the multi-select dropdown, choose the All Courses option (internal value -1) to export every published course in a single file. If the first selected item is not -1, only the specifically chosen course IDs are exported.

Q: Why does my export show multiple rows for one course?

Each lesson produces one row. Course fields (title, description, taxonomies, meta) repeat on every lesson row belonging to that course, giving you a flat, spreadsheet-friendly structure.

Q: What does 'No Lesson' mean in the Lesson Title column?

It means a published section exists for that course but has no published lessons linked to it. The plugin still outputs a row for the section so the section is not silently omitted from your export.

Q: What exactly is exported for each course?

Courses: title, enrolled/non-enrolled descriptions, featured image URL, course_cat/course_tag/course_difficulty taxonomies, and meta fields _llms_length, _llms_video_embed, _llms_tile_featured_video, _llms_audio_embed. Sections: section titles. Lessons: title, content, _llms_video_embed, _llms_audio_embed, and the title of any assigned quiz.

Q: Are quiz questions and answers included in the export?

No. Only the quiz post title is included in the Assigned Quiz column when a lesson has a quiz attached. Quiz questions, answers, student enrollments, and orders are not exported.

Q: Where are the downloaded files saved?

Files are saved inside the plugin directory at wp-content/plugins/lifterLMS-csv-courses-exporter/ with names like All-Courses.csv or {Course-Title}.xlsx, then automatically opened in a new browser tab via the plugin URL.

Q: Can this plugin import data back into LifterLMS?

No. This plugin is export-only. It does not modify, import, or delete any LifterLMS content.

Q: Which file formats does the export support?

Two formats: CSV (comma-separated, written with PHP fputcsv) and Excel 2007 .xlsx (generated with the bundled PHPExcel 1.8 library). Both are accessible via separate Download buttons on the admin screen.

Q: Does the plugin only export published content?

Yes. Only posts with post_status = publish are included — this applies to courses, sections, and lessons. Draft or private content is not exported.

Q: I activated my license on a staging site. Can I transfer it to my live site?

Yes. Each purchase is a single-domain API license. If you activated on a staging site first, email support for a one-time free API transfer to your live domain — no extra cost.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are required?

WordPress 4.0 or higher (tested up to 6.4) and PHP 5.6 or higher. LifterLMS version 3.16 or later must also be installed and active.

Q: How many courses does the export screen show in the dropdown?

All published courses are listed. If no published courses exist, the Download buttons are hidden and the message 'Sorry! No Courses available.' is displayed instead.

Q: Does the Excel export have any formatting?

Yes. The header row (A1:Q1) is bold at size 12. The default font is Calibri at size 10, and columns A through E are auto-sized for readability.

Q: Is a 30-day money-back guarantee available?

Yes. The plugin comes with a 30-day money-back guarantee, free support, and free updates for as long as your annual subscription remains active.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher (tested up to 6.4), PHP 5.6 or higher, and LifterLMS version 3.16 or later installed and active with at least one published course. Only users with the manage_options capability (Administrators) can access the exporter screen.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $75 per year as an annual subscription. Each subscription covers one domain (single-domain API license), includes free plugin updates and free support while the subscription is active, and comes with a 30-day money-back guarantee. A one-time free license transfer from a staging site to a live domain is available by contacting support.

View product →

Product

LifterLMS Courses Import via CSV Plugin

The LifterLMS CSV Course Import Plugin lets WordPress site owners bulk-import entire course catalogues into LifterLMS by uploading a pre-built CSV file or linking a Google Sheet. It automatically populates course titles, descriptions, lessons, categories, tags, featured images, video/audio embed URLs, difficulty levels, and course duration without any manual field-by-field data entry. It is an extension plugin that sits on top of LifterLMS and requires no coding knowledge.

Best for: LifterLMS course creators, eLearning entrepreneurs, and online educators who need to import, scale, or refresh large course catalogues quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Pre-built CSV/Excel template included — no field mapping required, just fill in the columns and upload
  • Google Sheets import support — collaborate in the cloud and import directly to LifterLMS (released April 9, 2026)
  • Course-level field import: title, enrolled student description, non-enrolled student description, categories, tags, featured image URL, course length (days), and difficulty category
  • Featured video and audio controls: sets video/audio display on course pages and course tile/card in the catalogue
  • Lesson-level import: lesson title, lesson description, video embed URL, audio embed URL, and 'Watch the Video' field setting
  • Annual licence with instant download and free updates included
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing a brand-new course catalogue (10, 50, or 100+ courses) into a fresh LifterLMS site in one upload
  • Migrating course data from a spreadsheet or external system into LifterLMS without copy-pasting individual fields
  • Collaborating with a team on course content inside Google Sheets and then pushing everything to LifterLMS in a single step
  • Refreshing or updating an existing course catalogue by re-importing updated CSV data instead of editing each course manually
  • Populating lesson-level content — titles, descriptions, video embeds, and audio embeds — across multiple courses simultaneously
FAQs (15)

Q: Do I need LifterLMS installed for this plugin to work?

Yes. This is an extension plugin for LifterLMS. You must have LifterLMS installed and activated on your WordPress site before using the CSV Course Import Plugin.

Q: Does a CSV template come included?

Yes. A purpose-built Excel/CSV template ships with the plugin. You simply fill in the predefined columns with your course and lesson data and upload — no custom field mapping is required.

Q: Can I import from Google Sheets instead of a local CSV file?

Yes. Google Sheets import support was added on April 9, 2026. You can collaborate on your course catalogue in the cloud and push it directly to LifterLMS in one step.

Q: What course-level fields can be imported?

The plugin imports course title, enrolled student description, non-enrolled student description, categories, tags, featured image URL, course length in days, difficulty category, featured video display settings, course-tile video settings, and a featured audio section link.

Q: What lesson-level fields can be imported?

You can import lesson title, lesson description, video embed URL, audio embed URL, and the 'Watch the Video' field setting for each lesson — all from columns in the CSV template.

Q: Can I import multiple lessons per course in one CSV file?

Yes. The CSV template includes lesson columns so you can define multiple lessons per course within the same file, and the plugin creates and associates them with the correct course on import.

Q: Does the plugin update existing courses or only create new ones?

Based on available product documentation, the plugin is designed to import and create courses. If you need to update existing courses, re-importing updated CSV data is the recommended workflow — confirm the exact update behaviour with support before bulk-editing live courses.

Q: Can I assign LifterLMS categories and tags through the CSV?

Yes. The plugin automatically assigns LifterLMS categories and tags to every course during import directly from the corresponding CSV columns — no manual taxonomy work is needed.

Q: How do I add a featured image to imported courses?

Include the publicly accessible image URL in the featured image column of the CSV template. The plugin maps that URL to each course's featured image field in LifterLMS during import.

Q: What video and audio formats or platforms are supported for embed URLs?

The plugin imports whatever URL you provide in the video or audio embed columns. Supported playback depends on LifterLMS's own embed handling (e.g., YouTube, Vimeo). Confirm specific platform compatibility with support if needed.

Q: Is coding or technical knowledge required to use this plugin?

No. The workflow is designed to be non-technical: install the plugin, fill in the CSV template like a spreadsheet, and upload. No custom development or field mapping configuration is required.

Q: What does the 'non-enrolled student description' field do?

It populates the separate description shown to visitors and non-enrolled users on the course page — this is distinct from the enrolled student description and can be used to drive conversions with marketing-focused copy.

Q: What is included with the $95 purchase?

The $95 annual licence includes the plugin, the pre-built CSV template, Google Sheets import capability, and free updates for the duration of the licence period.

Q: How is the plugin delivered after purchase?

The plugin is available as an instant download immediately after purchase. There is no waiting period.

Q: Can I use this plugin on multiple WordPress sites?

The licence is described as an annual licence. The number of sites covered per licence is not specified in the available documentation — contact the vendor at wppluginsforyou.com to confirm multi-site usage rights before purchase.

Requirements: Requires WordPress and an active installation of the LifterLMS plugin (this is an extension, not a standalone plugin). Specific PHP and WordPress minimum version details were not available in the extracted documentation; contact support to confirm compatibility with your server environment.

Pricing: One price tier: $95 USD per year. The annual licence includes the plugin, the pre-built CSV template, Google Sheets import support, and free updates. Delivered as an instant download. Number of sites covered per licence is not specified in available documentation — confirm with the vendor before purchasing for multi-site use.

View product →

Product

LifterLMS Custom User Enrollment Import Plugin

LifterLMS Custom User Enrollment Import Plugin lets WordPress administrators bulk-enroll students into LifterLMS courses and membership plans by uploading a single CSV file. It eliminates manual one-by-one enrollment by supporting up to 13 importable data fields per user, including multi-course assignment and membership plan enrollment in one pass. The plugin is designed as an extension for LifterLMS v4.4 and above.

Best for: LifterLMS site administrators, course creators, and online training managers who need to enroll large groups of students — such as corporate teams, migrating cohorts, or new class intakes — quickly and without manual data entry.

Key features
  • CSV-based bulk user import — upload one file to enroll hundreds of users at once into courses or membership plans
  • 13 importable data fields: User ID, Name, Email, Role, Course ID, Membership ID, Address, Contact No, Password, Organization, Ordered By, Purchase Order No, and Registration Date
  • Only Email or User ID is required; all other fields are optional for maximum CSV flexibility
  • Multi-course enrollment per user — repeat a user's row with a different Course ID to assign multiple courses in one import
  • Membership plan enrollment runs simultaneously with course enrollment — no separate workflow needed
  • Optional admin-controlled email notifications with the Send Mail toggle (off by default) and a downloadable pre-formatted CSV template included
Use cases
  • Onboarding an entire corporate team into multiple LifterLMS courses at once by uploading a pre-filled CSV
  • Migrating students from another LMS platform into LifterLMS by importing existing user data via CSV
  • Enrolling a new student cohort into a membership plan and several courses simultaneously in a single import
  • Assigning a single student to more than one course by repeating their row with a different Course ID in the CSV
  • Quickly re-enrolling or updating registration data for existing users without manual dashboard navigation
FAQs (15)

Q: What version of LifterLMS is required to use this plugin?

The plugin requires LifterLMS version 4.4 or higher. It will not function correctly on earlier versions of LifterLMS.

Q: What is the minimum data I need in my CSV to complete an import?

Only an Email address or a User ID is required per row. All other 11 fields — such as Name, Role, Address, Password, and Organization — are optional, making it easy to import even with limited user data.

Q: Can I enroll one student into multiple courses at the same time?

Yes. To assign multiple courses to a single student, repeat their row in the CSV with a different Course ID each time. All other user data can remain the same across those rows.

Q: Can I enroll users into membership plans as well as courses?

Yes. The Membership ID field allows you to enroll users directly into LifterLMS membership plans during the same import. There is no need for a separate import process or second workflow.

Q: What are the 13 fields I can import per user?

The supported fields are: User ID, Name, Email, Role, Course ID, Membership ID, Address, Contact No, Password, Organization, Ordered By, Purchase Order No, and Registration Date.

Q: Will imported students receive enrollment notification emails?

By default, no. The Send Mail option is turned off. You can toggle it on per import batch if you want students to receive enrollment notifications for that specific upload.

Q: Is there a CSV template I can use to get started?

Yes. The plugin includes a downloadable, pre-formatted CSV template so you know exactly how to structure your data before uploading — no guesswork about column order or field names.

Q: Does this plugin create new WordPress user accounts during import?

Yes. If an email address in the CSV does not match an existing user, the plugin can create a new WordPress user account as part of the enrollment process. The Password field in the CSV is used for new account creation.

Q: What kind of license does the plugin use?

The plugin uses a single-domain API license, meaning one purchase activates the plugin on one domain. If you need it on multiple sites, you would need separate licenses.

Q: Is there a refund policy?

Yes. The plugin comes with a 30-day full refund guarantee. If you are not satisfied within 30 days of purchase, you can request a complete refund.

Q: Are support and updates included with the purchase?

Yes. Free support and free updates are included with your purchase at no additional cost.

Q: How many users can I import in a single CSV upload?

The product page states you can import hundreds of students at once. No hard row limit is explicitly documented in the available materials; practical limits may depend on your server's PHP memory and execution time settings.

Q: Can I import users who already have existing WordPress accounts?

Yes. If a User ID or Email in the CSV matches an existing WordPress account, the plugin will enroll that existing user into the specified course or membership rather than creating a duplicate account.

Q: Does the plugin work with all LifterLMS membership plan types?

The plugin supports enrollment into LifterLMS membership plans via the Membership ID field. Specific compatibility with every membership plan configuration is not detailed in the available documentation; testing with your setup is recommended.

Q: Where do I find the import tool inside WordPress after installation?

After installing and activating the plugin with a valid license key, the import interface is accessible from your WordPress dashboard. The exact menu location is detailed in the plugin's setup documentation and demo videos available on the product page.

Requirements: Requires LifterLMS version 4.4 or higher installed and active on the WordPress site. Specific PHP or WordPress core version minimums are not explicitly stated in the available documentation; standard modern WordPress hosting environments are expected.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $75 (listed as both sale price and regular price, indicating no current discount). The license is single-domain, meaning one purchase covers one website. Free support and free updates are included. A 30-day full refund guarantee applies to all purchases.

View product →

Product

LifterLMS Latex Visual Editor Plugin

The LifterLMS LaTeX Visual Editor Plugin allows course creators to embed professional mathematical and scientific equations directly into LifterLMS courses using a point-and-click visual editor — no LaTeX coding knowledge required. It provides a full equation editor with live preview, a symbol and function library, calculus tools, and equation management features. Equations render beautifully for learners across all modern browsers without any third-party tools.

Best for: This plugin is ideal for LifterLMS course creators, educators, and eLearning professionals who teach mathematics, science, engineering, or any subject requiring properly typeset equations and formulas.

Key features
  • Visual LaTeX equation editor with live preview — see rendered output before saving
  • Browsable symbol library covering mathematical symbols, Greek letters, and operators
  • One-click function library for trigonometric, logarithmic, and special mathematical functions
  • Built-in calculus operations including derivatives, integrals, limits, and series notation
  • Pre-built equation template collection for common mathematical formulas
  • Equation management system to save, reuse, and organise frequently used equations across lessons
Use cases
  • Building a university-level calculus or advanced mathematics course with properly rendered derivatives, integrals, limits, and series notation
  • Creating a high school physics or chemistry course where equations need professional typesetting to maintain credibility and learner comprehension
  • Reusing a personal library of saved equations across multiple LifterLMS lessons to eliminate repetitive data entry
  • Using pre-built equation templates to quickly insert common formulas without starting from scratch each time
  • Producing STEM eLearning content without hiring a developer or learning LaTeX syntax, using the no-code visual interface
FAQs (15)

Q: Do I need to know LaTeX syntax to use this plugin?

No. The entire editor operates through a point-and-click visual interface. You can insert symbols, functions, and operators from browsable panels without typing any LaTeX code manually.

Q: Which version of LifterLMS is this plugin compatible with?

The plugin has been tested with LifterLMS 8.0.6. It is designed specifically as a LifterLMS add-on, so an active LifterLMS installation is required.

Q: Which version of WordPress is supported?

The plugin has been tested with WordPress 6.8.1. It integrates with the standard WordPress editor workflow used by LifterLMS.

Q: Will equations display correctly for all my students?

Yes. The plugin is built for cross-browser compatibility, ensuring equations render correctly for learners regardless of their device or browser choice.

Q: Can I reuse equations across multiple lessons without re-entering them?

Yes. The equation management feature lets you save frequently used equations to a personal library so you can retrieve and insert them into any lesson without re-creating them.

Q: Does the plugin support calculus notation?

Yes. Built-in calculus operations cover derivatives, integrals, limits, and series notation, making it suitable for advanced mathematics courses.

Q: Is there a live preview while I build equations?

Yes. Every equation renders in a live preview panel as you build it, so you can catch formatting issues before publishing to learners.

Q: Does the plugin require any third-party services or external tools?

No. Everything runs inside your WordPress dashboard. The plugin integrates natively with LifterLMS and does not rely on third-party rendering services.

Q: How is the plugin licensed?

It is a one-time purchase of $69 for a single domain. Free updates are included while the license is active.

Q: Can I use this on multiple websites?

The standard license covers a single domain. If you need to use the plugin on additional sites, you would need to purchase additional licenses.

Q: Are there pre-built templates I can start from?

Yes. A template collection of pre-built equations for common mathematical formulas is included, allowing you to start from a working example rather than from scratch.

Q: What types of symbols are available in the library?

The symbol library includes a comprehensive collection of mathematical symbols, Greek letters, and operators, all accessible from a browsable visual panel.

Q: How difficult is installation?

Installation is straightforward — upload the plugin, activate it, and it immediately integrates with your LifterLMS course editor. No configuration wizard or additional setup steps are required.

Q: Does this plugin conflict with other WordPress plugins?

The plugin is designed for native LifterLMS integration and is built to avoid third-party conflicts. As with any plugin, testing in a staging environment before deploying to production is recommended.

Q: What mathematical functions are available for one-click insertion?

The function library includes trigonometric, logarithmic, and special mathematical functions, all insertable with a single click to speed up equation authoring.

Requirements: The plugin is tested with LifterLMS 8.0.6 and WordPress 6.8.1; an active LifterLMS installation is required. Specific PHP version requirements were not available from the provided documentation — consult the plugin readme or vendor for minimum PHP version.

Pricing: One-time purchase of $69 USD for a single-domain license. Free updates are included while the license is active. No subscription or recurring fees. Additional licenses are required for additional domains.

View product →

Product

MasterStudy Course Importer Plugin: Use Google Sheet or CSV

The MasterStudy Course Importer Plugin lets WordPress site owners bulk-create MasterStudy LMS courses by uploading a CSV or XLSX spreadsheet file, or by connecting a live Google Sheet directly to their WordPress dashboard. It supports up to 28 importable course fields per entry, eliminating manual field-by-field data entry. Courses go from spreadsheet to live on the site in a single upload step.

Best for: Online course creators, eLearning businesses, and training organizations using MasterStudy LMS who need to launch, migrate, or scale multiple courses quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Google Sheet Import — connect a live Google Sheet URL and import courses without downloading any file
  • CSV File Import — upload a standard comma-separated values file to bulk-create courses in one click
  • XLSX Template Support — work in Excel or Google Sheets using the XLSX format with the same downloadable template
  • Downloadable Import Template — official CSV/XLSX template available directly from the plugin's WordPress admin settings page
  • 28 Importable Course Fields — covers all major course settings, metadata, and content structure per course entry
  • Bulk Course Import — import multiple courses in a single upload session, ideal for scaling an online school catalogue
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing an entire course catalogue from a spreadsheet when launching a new online school
  • Migrating course content from another platform or document system into MasterStudy LMS
  • Duplicating or replicating course structures across multiple courses without repetitive form submissions
  • Collaborating with a team in a shared Google Sheet and pushing finalized courses directly to WordPress
  • Rapidly spinning up courses from a pre-built Excel or CSV template to meet a tight launch deadline
FAQs (15)

Q: What LMS plugin does this importer work with?

It is built exclusively for MasterStudy LMS. It is natively integrated with MasterStudy's course architecture and data structure and is not compatible with other LMS plugins such as LearnDash or LifterLMS.

Q: How many courses can I import in one upload?

The plugin supports bulk course import, meaning you can import multiple courses in a single upload session. There is no explicitly stated hard cap in the available documentation; the practical limit will depend on your server resources.

Q: What file formats are supported for import?

The plugin supports CSV (comma-separated values) and XLSX (Excel/Google Sheets) file formats. You can also connect a live Google Sheet directly using its URL, without downloading any file.

Q: Where do I get the import template?

The official CSV/XLSX import template is available for download directly from the plugin's settings page inside your WordPress admin dashboard, ensuring every field maps correctly.

Q: How many course fields can I import?

You can import up to 28 distinct course-related fields per course entry, covering major course settings, metadata, and content structure.

Q: Can I use Google Sheets instead of uploading a file?

Yes. You can connect a live Google Sheet directly to the plugin and import courses by submitting the Sheet URL through the plugin dashboard — no file download required. Google Sheet import support was updated as of April 6, 2026.

Q: Do I need coding knowledge to use this plugin?

No. The workflow is entirely spreadsheet-based. You fill in the downloadable template in Excel or Google Sheets, then upload it or submit a Google Sheet URL from the WordPress admin settings page — no coding required.

Q: Will this plugin update automatically?

The license includes free updates, so you will receive future improvements and compatibility fixes. Updates are delivered as part of the annual licence purchased at checkout.

Q: What does the licence include?

The $85 purchase includes an annual licence, instant download access, and free updates for the licence period.

Q: Can I migrate courses from another platform using this plugin?

Yes. If you can export your existing course data into a CSV or XLSX format and map it to the plugin's 28-field template, you can migrate course content from other platforms or spreadsheet-based documents into MasterStudy LMS.

Q: Is this a one-time purchase or a subscription?

It is an annual licence priced at $85 USD, which includes free updates during the licence period. Renewal terms are managed through the vendor's website.

Q: How long does it take to import courses after uploading?

According to the product page, courses are imported instantly after uploading your completed file or submitting your Google Sheet URL — no multi-step wizards or additional form submissions are required.

Q: Can I use this plugin to create just one course, or is it only for bulk imports?

While the plugin is optimized for bulk imports, you can use it to create a single course by filling in the template with one course entry and uploading it.

Q: Where is the plugin managed inside WordPress?

The plugin has a dedicated settings page inside the WordPress admin dashboard where you can download the import template, configure settings, and trigger imports.

Q: What happens after I upload the file — are courses published immediately?

Courses are created and ready to publish after the import. The product page describes them as 'live' post-import, but you should verify the publish/draft status within your MasterStudy LMS dashboard after importing.

Requirements: The plugin is built specifically for MasterStudy LMS and requires an active MasterStudy LMS installation on WordPress. Specific PHP and WordPress minimum version details were not available in the extracted documentation; contact the vendor to confirm exact server requirements before purchasing.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $85 USD as an annual licence. The purchase includes instant download access and free updates for the duration of the licence period. There is a single licence tier listed; no multi-site or lifetime pricing tiers were mentioned in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

Masterstudy LMS Quiz Importer

The Masterstudy LMS Quiz Importer plugin allows WordPress site owners to bulk-import quizzes into Masterstudy LMS directly from CSV files or live Google Sheets, eliminating manual question entry. It supports four question types — Single Choice, MultiChoice, Item Match, and Fill the Gap — and automatically assigns imported quizzes to the correct courses and topics. Downloadable template files for each question type are available directly from the plugin's settings page.

Best for: Online course creators, instructional designers, and LMS administrators using Masterstudy LMS who need to build or migrate large question banks quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • CSV quiz import — push questions from a CSV file directly into Masterstudy LMS with no manual entry
  • Google Sheets import (released April 2026) — connect live to a Google Sheet for real-time team collaboration on question banks
  • Four supported question types: Single Choice, MultiChoice, Item Match, and Fill the Gap
  • Downloadable template files for each question type, accessible from the plugin settings page inside WordPress
  • Auto-assignment of imported quizzes to specified courses and topics during the import process
  • Dedicated settings page inside WordPress for managing templates, import configurations, and Google Sheets connections
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing an entire question bank from a spreadsheet when launching a new course on Masterstudy LMS
  • Collaborating with a team on quiz questions in Google Sheets and publishing them directly to the LMS in real time
  • Migrating quizzes from an external source or legacy system into Masterstudy LMS via CSV export
  • Building multiple courses at scale by preparing all quizzes offline and importing them in a single action
  • Assigning quizzes automatically to specific courses and topics during import to avoid manual linking
FAQs (15)

Q: What question types can I import?

Four question types are supported: Single Choice (one correct answer from multiple options), MultiChoice (multiple correct answers per question), Item Match (students pair related items from two columns), and Fill the Gap (cloze-style questions where students type missing words).

Q: Can I import quizzes from Google Sheets?

Yes. Google Sheets import was released in April 2026. You can connect a live Google Sheet to the plugin and import questions directly, enabling real-time team collaboration on question banks without exporting to CSV first.

Q: Where do I find the CSV template files?

A separate downloadable template file for each of the four question types is available directly from the plugin settings page inside your WordPress dashboard. No external download is needed.

Q: Do imported quizzes get linked to courses and topics automatically?

Yes. Courses and topics are assigned automatically during the import process based on the data in your CSV or Google Sheet. No manual linking is required after the import.

Q: How many domains can I use this plugin on?

Each purchase includes an API licence for use on one domain. A one-time reassignment option is available by emailing support, intended for staging-to-live migrations.

Q: How long does my support and updates coverage last?

Every purchase includes 6 months of free support and plugin updates from the date of purchase. After 6 months you may need to renew to continue receiving updates.

Q: Is this plugin compatible with my version of WordPress and Masterstudy LMS?

The plugin is tested and compatible with WordPress 5.6 and above, and Masterstudy LMS version 2.5 and above.

Q: What happens if I need to move the licence from a staging site to a live site?

The licence includes a one-time reassignment option. Contact support by email to request the domain reassignment for a staging-to-live migration.

Q: Do I need to format my CSV in a specific way?

Yes. You should use the downloadable template files provided on the plugin settings page. Each question type has its own template to ensure correct formatting for a successful import.

Q: Can I import more than one question type in a single import?

Each template file is specific to one question type. Based on the available documentation, separate imports are performed per question type using the corresponding template.

Q: Is this plugin a replacement for the native Masterstudy LMS quiz builder?

No. It is an extension that adds bulk-import functionality. Masterstudy LMS must already be installed and active on your WordPress site for the importer to work.

Q: How do I get started after purchasing?

After purchase you receive instant download access. Install and activate the plugin in WordPress, go to the plugin settings page, download the appropriate template, fill in your questions, then run the import.

Q: What is the price of the plugin?

The plugin is priced at $65 USD and includes an annual licence, instant download, and free updates. Support and updates are included for 6 months from the purchase date.

Q: Is there a free trial or free version available?

No free trial or free version is mentioned in the available documentation. The plugin is available as a paid purchase at $65 USD.

Q: Can multiple team members collaborate on quiz content before importing?

Yes. The Google Sheets import feature (April 2026) is specifically designed to allow teams to collaborate on question banks in real time within Google Sheets before publishing them to the LMS.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.6 or higher and Masterstudy LMS version 2.5 or above. No specific PHP version is documented on the product page; standard WordPress-compatible hosting is assumed.

Pricing: Single tier at $65 USD. Includes an annual licence, instant download, free updates, and 6 months of free support from the date of purchase. Each licence covers one domain, with a one-time domain reassignment available by email for staging-to-live migrations.

View product →

Product

MasterStudy LMS User Import Export Plugin

The MasterStudy LMS User Import Export Plugin allows site administrators to bulk import students and instructors into one or multiple MasterStudy LMS courses directly from a CSV file, eliminating manual one-by-one enrollment. It also provides a one-click export of all student enrollment and course completion data into a clean CSV. Role assignment, new user creation, and existing user record updates are all handled within the same simple CSV workflow.

Best for: MasterStudy LMS site administrators and course managers who need to onboard large cohorts of students or instructors efficiently and track enrollment and completion data at scale.

Key features
  • CSV Bulk User Import — import students and instructors directly from a CSV file into MasterStudy LMS
  • One-Click Enrollment & Completion Export — export all student enrollment and course completion data instantly as a CSV
  • Multi-Course Enrollment in One Import — enroll a single user in multiple courses by separating each Course ID with a dash (-)
  • New User Import Fields — required fields for new users are Username, Email Address, and Role
  • Existing User Data Editing — update existing records in bulk using User ID, Name, Email Address, and Role as required fields
  • Role Assignment on Import — assign or update user roles (student or instructor) directly within the CSV, with no manual post-import adjustments needed
  • Pre-defined CSV Templates — guided templates reduce errors and speed up data preparation
  • Single Domain API Licence — the purchase includes an API licence valid for one domain
  • Free Updates for Active Subscribers — ongoing updates included with an active licence
Use cases
  • Bulk importing a new cohort of students into one or multiple courses at the start of a term using a single CSV upload
  • Exporting a full enrollment and course completion report with one click for compliance, reporting, or auditing purposes
  • Enrolling individual users in multiple courses simultaneously by separating Course IDs with a dash (-) in the CSV
  • Updating existing user records in bulk — correcting names, email addresses, or roles — without editing each profile individually
  • Importing instructor or teacher accounts and assigning them the correct role directly within the CSV import process
FAQs (15)

Q: What fields are required when importing new students?

When importing new (fresh) students, three fields are required: Username, Email Address, and Role. Keeping the required fields minimal ensures a simple, standardised import process.

Q: What fields are required when updating existing user records?

To edit existing user data via import, four fields are required: User ID, Name, Email Address, and Role. The User ID is essential so the plugin can match the CSV row to the correct existing account.

Q: Can I enroll one user in multiple courses in a single import?

Yes. To enroll a user in more than one course, simply list all the relevant Course IDs separated by a dash (-) in the Course ID column of your CSV file. The plugin will handle simultaneous multi-course enrollment.

Q: Can I import instructor or teacher accounts, not just students?

Yes. The plugin supports importing data for both student and instructor roles. You assign the role within the CSV, so instructors are created or updated with the correct role automatically during import.

Q: How do I export enrollment and completion data?

The plugin provides a one-click export button. Clicking it instantly generates a CSV file containing all student enrollment and course completion data — no manual data gathering required.

Q: Is a CSV template provided, or do I have to build my own?

Pre-defined CSV templates are included with the plugin. These templates specify exactly which fields to populate for imports, reducing preparation errors and speeding up the data-entry process.

Q: How many domains can I use this plugin on?

Each purchase includes a Single Domain API Licence, valid for one domain only. If you need to use the plugin on additional domains, you would need to purchase additional licences.

Q: Do I receive future updates after purchasing?

Yes. Free updates are included for active subscribers. As long as your licence remains active, you will receive all future plugin updates.

Q: Does this plugin work with MasterStudy LMS specifically, or other LMS plugins too?

This plugin is built exclusively as an extension for MasterStudy LMS. It is not compatible with other LMS plugins such as LearnDash or LifterLMS.

Q: Can I assign roles during the import, or must I set them manually afterwards?

Role assignment is handled directly within the CSV import. You specify each user's role in the CSV file, and the plugin assigns it automatically on import — no manual post-import role adjustments are needed.

Q: What happens if a user already exists in WordPress when I run an import?

The plugin supports editing existing user records in bulk. Provide the User ID, Name, Email Address, and Role in the CSV, and the plugin will update the matched account rather than creating a duplicate.

Q: Is this plugin available for instant download after purchase?

Yes. The plugin is available for instant download immediately after completing your purchase. No waiting period is required.

Q: Where can I see the plugin in action before buying?

The product page includes a live demo video covering the general user import and export workflow, plus a separate full walkthrough video specifically demonstrating how to import Teachers/Instructors.

Q: What is the price of the plugin?

The MasterStudy LMS User Import Export Plugin is priced at $69 for a Single Domain Licence, which includes instant download and free updates for active subscribers.

Q: Who do I contact if I need support after purchase?

Support is available through WP Plugins For You at the product page (wppluginsforyou.com). Reach out via their support channels for technical assistance or questions about your licence.

Requirements: Requires an active MasterStudy LMS installation on WordPress; a Single Domain API licence is included with purchase and must be activated on the target domain. Specific PHP and WordPress minimum versions are not explicitly stated in the available documentation — contact support for confirmation before installing.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $69 as a one-time purchase for a Single Domain API Licence. The purchase includes instant download and free updates for as long as the licence remains active. No multi-site or multi-domain tiers are mentioned in the available documentation; additional licences would be required for additional domains.

View product →

Product

QSM Excel Quiz Importer Plugin

QSM Excel Quiz Importer is a premium WordPress plugin that lets you bulk-import quizzes and multiple-choice questions into Quiz and Survey Master (QSM) directly from Excel (.xls, .xlsx) or CSV files. You prepare questions in a downloadable spreadsheet template, upload it via a drag-and-drop interface in the WordPress admin, and QSM questions appear immediately — no manual entry required. It writes directly into QSM's native database tables for full compatibility.

Best for: Educators, trainers, HR teams, agencies, and content creators who use Quiz and Survey Master and need to build or migrate large question banks quickly from spreadsheets.

Key features
  • Supports .csv, .xls, and .xlsx file formats via PhpSpreadsheet (bundled — no extra library install needed)
  • Drag-and-drop upload interface with Dropzone.js and SweetAlert success notifications in the QSM admin menu
  • Auto-creates a new QSM quiz from the 'Quiz Title' column, or attaches questions to an existing quiz with the same name
  • Imports up to 6 answer options per question with pipe-separated points and correct-answer flags (e.g., 6|2|4|0|0|1)
  • Supports 4 QSM question types: Multiple Choice (vertical/horizontal) and Multiple Response (vertical/horizontal)
  • Imports rich metadata per question: question image URL, category (by term ID), hints, correct answer explanation, display order, and answer type (text, rich, or image)
Use cases
  • Migrating an existing Excel question bank into Quiz and Survey Master without manual re-entry
  • Agencies rapidly deploying QSM-powered quiz sites for clients under tight deadlines
  • HR and compliance teams rolling out policy or certification quizzes at scale across a WordPress site
  • Educators creating and maintaining quiz content collaboratively in spreadsheets before publishing to WordPress
  • Creating backup copies of quiz content in Excel/CSV format for safe offline storage and re-import
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without Quiz and Survey Master installed?

No. QSM Excel Quiz Importer is an extension that requires Quiz and Survey Master (QSM) to be installed and active. It writes directly into QSM's native database tables (mlw_quizzes, mlw_questions, mlw_question_terms) and will not function without QSM present.

Q: What file formats are supported for import?

The plugin supports .csv (comma-separated values), .xls, and .xlsx (Excel) files. All three formats can be uploaded via the same drag-and-drop interface on the Quiz Importer screen.

Q: What question types can be imported?

Four QSM question types are supported: Multiple Choice vertical (type code 0), Multiple Choice horizontal (1), Multiple Response vertical (4), and Multiple Response horizontal (10). Use the values 'choice', 'choice_horizontal', 'response', or 'response_horizontal' in the Question Type column of your spreadsheet.

Q: Can I import open-answer, fill-in-the-blank, or other QSM question types?

Not in the current version (1.0.2). Only the four multiple-choice and multiple-response question types are supported. Plan your spreadsheet accordingly and use QSM's manual editor for unsupported types.

Q: Where do I find the import template?

A downloadable CSV template is available directly on the Quiz Importer screen inside your WordPress admin (QSM → Quiz Importer). Template download buttons are displayed on the same screen as the upload zone.

Q: What fields can I populate per question in the spreadsheet?

You can populate: Quiz Title, Question Type, Question Title, Question Content, Question Image (URL), Question Category (term ID), Options 1–6, Image Options 1–6, Order, Points (pipe-separated), Correct Answer (pipe-separated flags), and Question Hints.

Q: How do I assign points and correct answers to each option?

Use pipe-separated values in the Points and Correct Answer columns. For example, for 4 options, Points might be '6|2|0|0' and Correct Answer '1|0|0|0'. Each position corresponds to an answer option in order.

Q: What happens if a quiz with the same title already exists?

The plugin checks mlw_quizzes for a matching quiz name. If found, new questions are attached to that existing quiz. If the title is new, a quiz record is auto-created with default QSM messages/settings and a draft qsm_quiz post with the correct shortcode.

Q: How do I assign a category to imported questions?

The Question Category column expects an existing QSM category term ID (an integer). The plugin links the question in mlw_question_terms using the qsm_category taxonomy. Auto-creation of categories by name is not supported — create categories in QSM first and note their term IDs.

Q: Can I use image answer options?

Yes. Set the Answer Type column to 'image' and populate the Image Captions 1–6 columns. Image option URLs go in the Image Options 1–6 columns. Text and rich-text answer types are also supported.

Q: How many questions can I import at once?

There is no hard cap stated in the plugin documentation. Practical limits depend on your server's upload_max_filesize and post_max_size PHP settings. For large imports, ensure these values are set adequately on your hosting environment.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with multisite WordPress installations?

The readme states the plugin is tested on single-site WordPress installations. Multisite compatibility is not explicitly confirmed — contact support at support.wppluginsforyou.com before deploying on a multisite network.

Q: Does the import trigger QSM hooks and actions?

Yes. The importer fires the QSM filter qsm_save_question_data and the actions qsm_question_added and qsm_saved_question, ensuring compatibility with other QSM add-ons or custom code that relies on these hooks.

Q: On how many websites can I use the plugin?

A single purchase licenses the plugin for use on one domain only. For additional sites, a separate license must be purchased.

Q: What support and update period comes with purchase?

You receive free support and updates for the first six months from the date of purchase. Support is available at support.wppluginsforyou.com and video tutorials are available at youtube.com/@wpplugin.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0 or higher and PHP 7.3 or higher. Quiz and Survey Master must be installed and active; recommended server PHP extensions include zip, xml, and gd (used by PhpSpreadsheet for Excel support).

Pricing: QSM Excel Quiz Importer is priced at $39 USD as a one-time purchase. The license covers use on a single domain only. The purchase includes free support and plugin updates for the first six months from the date of purchase. Additional site licenses require separate purchases.

View product →

Product

Quiz Maker Question Importer Plugin

Quiz Maker — Question Importer is a premium WordPress addon that lets site administrators bulk-import quiz questions into the Quiz Maker plugin from CSV files, Excel (XLS/XLSX) spreadsheets, or a public Google Sheet — all from a single admin screen. It writes directly into Quiz Maker's database tables, so imported questions appear instantly under Quiz Maker → Questions with full support for answers, categories, tags, images, hints, and explanations. A pre-built template is included so teams can start immediately without guessing column formats.

Best for: Educators, course creators, trainers, and WordPress site administrators who maintain question banks in spreadsheets and need to populate Quiz Maker with dozens or hundreds of questions quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Import from three sources in one screen: CSV, Excel (XLS/XLSX), and public Google Sheets — no OAuth or Google API setup required.
  • 16-column template support covering Question Type, Title, Content, Image URL, Weight, Category, Options 1–5, Correct Answer, Wrong Answer Text, Right Answer Text, Hints, and Explanation.
  • Supports radio, checkbox, select, and true_or_false question types; correct answers entered as comma-separated 1-based option numbers (e.g. '1,3') and answer weights as pipe-separated values.
  • Auto-creates Quiz Maker categories and tags if they do not already exist; optionally links questions to an existing quiz or creates a new published quiz by title from column A.
  • Google Sheet sync offers two modes: insert new questions from every valid row, or update existing questions by matching an optional question_id column.
  • Downloadable Excel and CSV templates built into the Import Questions screen, plus drag-and-drop file upload with SweetAlert confirmation feedback.
Use cases
  • An e-learning company has 500 certification questions in Excel; they use the importer to load the entire bank into Quiz Maker in one upload instead of entering each question manually.
  • A teaching team collaborates on quiz questions in Google Sheets and syncs them directly into WordPress without copying and pasting anything.
  • A course developer needs to update existing questions in bulk — they use the Google Sheet sync mode with the optional question_id column to overwrite specific records.
  • A training manager organizes questions by topic using the Category and Tag columns in the spreadsheet, letting the importer auto-create categories and tags on import.
  • A developer building a quiz site on a deadline uses the included Excel/CSV template to hand off question formatting to a content writer, then imports the finished file in minutes.
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work with the free version of Quiz Maker or only Quiz Maker Pro?

The plugin is compatible with Quiz Maker and writes to its standard database tables (aysquiz_questions, aysquiz_answers, aysquiz_categories, aysquiz_quizes). The product page notes full compatibility with Quiz Maker Pro for advanced features. The Quiz Maker plugin simply must be installed and active.

Q: What file formats are supported for import?

The importer accepts .csv, .xls, and .xlsx files. XLSX support requires the PHP ZipArchive (php_zip) extension; if it is missing, the plugin displays a clear error message. CSV files should be UTF-8 encoded; BOM is supported for Google Sheet sync exports.

Q: Do I need a Google API key or OAuth setup to import from Google Sheets?

No. The plugin only requires a public viewer link to the Google Sheet (shared as 'Anyone with the link — Viewer'). It fetches data via Google's CSV export URL using WordPress's wp_remote_get — no Google Cloud project, API key, or OAuth flow needed.

Q: How do I format the correct answer column for multiple-choice questions?

Enter correct answers as comma-separated 1-based option numbers. For a single correct answer use '1'; for multiple correct answers use '1,2,3'. Answer weights for partial scoring are entered pipe-separated in their own column, e.g. '0|1|0|1|5'.

Q: Can I update existing questions rather than always inserting new ones?

Yes, but only via Google Sheet sync. Include an optional question_id column in your sheet; rows with a matching ID are updated, and rows without a matching ID are inserted as new questions. File uploads (CSV/Excel) always insert new questions.

Q: What question types can I import?

Full answer import is supported for radio, checkbox, select, and true_or_false question types. For true/false questions, enter 'true_or_false' in the Question Type column.

Q: How does the Quiz Title column work?

If you enter an exact existing quiz title in column A, the imported question is appended to that quiz. If you enter a new title, the importer creates a new published quiz with that title and links the question. Leave the column empty to import standalone questions not linked to any quiz.

Q: Are categories and tags created automatically if they don't exist?

Yes. If a category name in the Category column does not already exist in Quiz Maker, the importer creates it automatically. Tags work the same way — enter comma-separated tag names and the importer creates any missing tags, provided Quiz Maker's tags table is present.

Q: Can I attach images to questions during import?

Yes. Provide a publicly accessible image URL in the Question Image column and the importer attaches the image to that question. Image option URLs are also supported — up to 5 image option URL columns are available per question.

Q: Does the importer modify Quiz Maker's core plugin files?

No. The plugin writes directly to Quiz Maker's standard database tables and does not modify any Quiz Maker core files, keeping your Quiz Maker installation intact and upgrade-safe.

Q: Where do imported questions appear after a successful import?

Imported questions appear immediately under Quiz Maker → Questions in the WordPress admin. If a Quiz Title was provided, the questions also appear linked to that quiz under Quiz Maker → Quizzes.

Q: Is there a template I can download to format my data correctly?

Yes. The Import Questions screen includes download buttons for both an Excel template (quiz_maker_template.xlsx) and a CSV template (quiz_maker_template.csv). Both are pre-formatted with the correct 16-column headers so you can fill in data from row 2 onward.

Q: What PHP extensions are required?

PHP 7.4+ is required. For XLSX files, the ZipArchive (php_zip) extension is required. The mbstring and xml extensions are recommended for PhpSpreadsheet to handle string and file parsing correctly. CSV and XLS imports have no additional extension requirements.

Q: When is Google Sheets support available?

According to the product page, Google Sheets import was released on April 8, 2026. The readme confirms it is included in the current plugin feature set as a tabbed option on the Import Questions screen.

Q: Does this plugin work on shared hosting?

Yes. It is compatible with typical shared hosting, XAMPP, Local, and managed WordPress hosts. Google Sheet sync uses outbound HTTPS via wp_remote_get, so your host must allow outbound HTTPS connections to Google's servers.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0 or higher and PHP 7.4 or higher; the Quiz Maker plugin must be installed and active, and the user must have the manage_options capability (Administrator). Reading XLSX files additionally requires the PHP ZipArchive (php_zip) extension; mbstring and xml extensions are recommended for PhpSpreadsheet.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $49 USD as a one-time purchase that includes an annual license and free updates. No tiered plans or recurring subscription details are mentioned; the license covers a single purchase with access to future updates during the license period.

View product →

Product

Sensei LMS Multiplug WordPress Plugin

Sensei LMS Multiplug is a WordPress plugin that extends Sensei LMS with two critical features: it lets course creators generate a linked WooCommerce product directly from the course editor at the moment of publication, and it adds per-course access expiry so enrolled students automatically lose access after a defined period. It eliminates the need to switch between workflows or purchase a separate membership plugin to manage timed course access.

Best for: WordPress site owners using Sensei LMS who want to streamline WooCommerce product creation for their courses and enforce automatic, time-limited student access without a bloated membership plugin.

Key features
  • In-editor WooCommerce product creation — auto-creates a virtual simple product on course publish with sale and regular price fields on the course edit screen
  • Per-course expiry configuration — set individual access periods in Days, Weeks, Months, or Years on a course-by-course basis via a course metabox
  • Automatic access revocation — manually enrolled learners are redirected to site home once their access period ends, with no manual work required
  • Product sync — updates linked product title, content, featured image, prices, and categories from the course when auto-create or linking is active
  • MultiPlug Settings page — three-tab admin panel under Sensei → MultiPlug Settings covering Product/Expiration, Create Products Submenus, and Course Expiry Menu
  • Link course to existing product — when auto-create is off, choose any existing WooCommerce product via the Add to Products course metabox
Use cases
  • Automatically creating a virtual WooCommerce product the moment a Sensei course is published, without leaving the course editor
  • Setting a 30-day, 12-week, 6-month, or 1-year access window on individual courses so students are automatically removed after that period
  • Running cohort-based courses where access must expire on a fixed schedule without manual intervention
  • Replacing an expensive membership plugin with a lightweight, course-specific expiry solution built natively for Sensei LMS
  • Linking existing WooCommerce products to Sensei courses and keeping product title, description, image, pricing, and categories in sync
FAQs (15)

Q: Where are the plugin settings?

Go to Sensei → MultiPlug Settings in your WordPress admin. The page requires the manage_options capability and contains three tabs: Product/Expiration, Create Products Submenus, and Course Expiry Menu. Settings on each tab are saved via AJAX without a full page reload.

Q: Does this plugin work without WooCommerce?

No. Product linking and creation require WooCommerce. The plugin uses WooCommerce APIs including wc_clean(), wc_get_product(), wc_format_decimal(), and the product post type. The expiry feature for manually enrolled learners can function independently, but all product-related features require WooCommerce to be active.

Q: When exactly is a WooCommerce product created?

A product is created when product creation is enabled globally, auto-create is enabled, the course status is set to published, and no existing product link has been selected in the course metabox (it is left at 'Select the product'). See the plugin's DOCUMENTATION.md for the full save flow.

Q: Which students are affected by course expiry?

Only logged-in users who are manually enrolled. The plugin reads the user meta key wp_sensei_course_enrolment_{course_id} and only redirects learners whose decoded JSON shows r->manual == 1. Other enrollment types are not redirected by this plugin.

Q: Can I set different expiry periods for different courses?

Yes. Per-course expiry configuration is supported. When expiry is enabled globally under MultiPlug Settings, each course edit screen shows an Expiration metabox where you can set an individual period in Days, Weeks, Months, or Years, overriding any global default.

Q: What happens when a student's access expires?

Once the expiry period is reached, the manually enrolled learner is automatically redirected to the site's home page when they attempt to access the course front-end URL. No manual intervention, follow-up emails, or additional plugins are needed.

Q: Can I link an existing WooCommerce product instead of creating a new one?

Yes. When the auto-create option is disabled, the Add to Products metabox on the course edit screen lets you select any existing WooCommerce product to link to that course. The linked product's post ID is stored in the course meta key _sensei_multiplug_wireframe_product.

Q: Will the WooCommerce product stay in sync with my course details?

Yes, when product sync is active. The plugin can update the linked product's title, content, featured image, prices, and categories (syncing course-category taxonomy to product_cat) from the course when saving or publishing, depending on your settings.

Q: Can I control the product name and description used when auto-creating?

Yes. You can enable 'Always use course title for product' to keep the product name in sync with the course title, or enter a custom global product name. Similarly, you can copy the course description to the product or set a custom global product description in MultiPlug Settings.

Q: Are the plugin settings saved securely?

The AJAX settings handler stores options via update_option() but does not verify a nonce or check user capability in the code itself. The plugin documentation advises restricting admin access and using it only on trusted sites. Treat this as a known limitation and review DOCUMENTATION.md.

Q: What WordPress version does this plugin require?

The plugin header states WordPress 4.0 or newer, and the plugin has been tested up to 4.8. For production environments, using a current, actively supported WordPress release is strongly recommended.

Q: Do I need a membership plugin to use course expiry?

No. Sensei LMS Multiplug handles timed access control natively for Sensei LMS without requiring any third-party membership plugin. This is one of its core value propositions — replacing expensive, feature-bloated membership plugins for this single use case.

Q: What type of WooCommerce product is auto-created?

A virtual simple product. When auto-create is enabled and a course is published without an existing product link, the plugin creates a new virtual simple product in WooCommerce using the configured title, description, and pricing values.

Q: Where is the linked product ID stored?

The linked WooCommerce product ID is stored as post meta on the course post under the key _sensei_multiplug_wireframe_product.

Q: What is the current stable version of the plugin?

The current stable release is version 1.0.1 as declared in the plugin header. The changelog notes this as the initial documented release. Ensure Sensei LMS and WooCommerce are active before enabling product features after any update.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or newer (a current supported WordPress release is strongly recommended for production use); Sensei LMS and WooCommerce must both be installed and active — WooCommerce is required for all product features but is not declared as a formal plugin dependency in the plugin header.

Pricing: Sensei LMS Multiplug is priced at $75 as an annual subscription, available as an instant download from wppluginsforyou.com. The subscription model implies ongoing access to updates for the license period. No multi-site or tiered pricing information is documented.

View product →

Product

Sensei LMS Negative Marking Plugin

Sensei LMS Negative Marking Plugin extends Sensei LMS to deduct points when students answer quiz questions incorrectly or skip them entirely, eliminating guess-based passing. Course creators can configure penalties globally across all quizzes or override settings on a per-lesson basis. It supports multiple-choice, True/False (boolean), and gap-fill question types.

Best for: Sensei LMS course creators who need rigorous, exam-grade assessments and want to discourage guessing by applying negative marking to incorrect or skipped quiz answers.

Key features
  • Global negative marking — set a site-wide incorrect-answer penalty that applies automatically to all quizzes when enabled
  • Global skip penalty — configure a site-wide deduction for skipped (unanswered) questions separately from incorrect-answer penalties
  • Per-lesson override — disable global defaults and set custom negative marks and skip penalties on individual Sensei lesson edit screens
  • Combined penalty mode — enable both incorrect-answer and skipped-question penalties simultaneously on the same quiz
  • Two dedicated toggle controls in the lesson settings sidebar (Enable Negative Marks and Minus Marks for Skip) for quick per-quiz configuration
  • Supports multiple-choice, True/False (boolean), and gap-fill auto-graded question types; hooks into Sensei's sensei_pre_grade_question_auto filter
Use cases
  • Certification courses where guessing must be penalised to ensure genuine competency
  • Academic institutions running Sensei-based online exams that mirror real-world negative marking schemes
  • Professional training platforms needing different penalty rules per course or quiz
  • Compliance training where skipping questions should carry a scoring consequence
  • High-stakes assessments where overall score integrity and credibility are critical
FAQs (15)

Q: What plugins are required for this plugin to work?

Sensei LMS (plugin slug: sensei-lms) must be installed and active. On each WordPress init, the plugin also copies a bundled class-sensei-utils.php into the Sensei LMS plugin directory to support grading behaviour. No other plugins are required.

Q: Which question types support negative marking?

Only multiple-choice, boolean (True/False), and gap-fill questions are processed by the grading filter. All other Sensei question types are not modified by this plugin.

Q: Can I apply the same penalty to every quiz on my site?

Yes. In 'Negative Marking Quiz Settings', set 'Apply Negative marking for all quizzes' to Yes and enter a value in the Global Marks field. For skipped questions, set 'Enable Negative marks for every SKIPPED' to Yes and fill the second Global Marks field.

Q: Can I set different penalties for individual lessons or quizzes?

Yes. Set 'Apply Negative marking for all quizzes' to No, then edit each Sensei lesson. Use the 'Negative Marking Settings' sidebar fields: Enable Negative Marks, Negative Marks (penalty value), Minus Marks for Skip, and Negative Marks for Skip.

Q: Does the plugin require Advanced Custom Fields (ACF) to be installed separately?

No. ACF is bundled under includes/block/acf/ and loaded automatically to render the lesson meta fields. The ACF admin menu is hidden. You do not need to install the ACF plugin from WordPress.org.

Q: What Sensei LMS version is the plugin compatible with?

The plugin is tested and verified on Sensei LMS 3.13 and above, with stated backward compatibility. It is also tested up to WordPress 6.4.

Q: Can I penalise students for skipping questions as well as for wrong answers?

Yes. Skip penalties are configured separately from incorrect-answer penalties, both globally and per lesson. You can enable both simultaneously on the same quiz using combined penalty mode.

Q: How does the plugin affect the student's final grade?

The plugin hooks into Sensei's sensei_pre_grade_question_auto filter. When a wrong or skipped answer is detected, it subtracts the configured marks from the question grade before Sensei calculates the final result.

Q: Does this plugin provide a front-end display telling students about negative marking?

No. The plugin does not include dedicated front-end templates or blocks to notify learners of negative marking rules. Only the scoring logic and admin settings UI are provided.

Q: How does per-lesson configuration work in the admin?

Edit any Sensei lesson post; a 'Negative Marking Settings' meta box appears in the sidebar with four fields: Enable Negative Marks (toggle), Negative Marks (numeric), Minus Marks for Skip (toggle), and Negative Marks for Skip (numeric).

Q: What is the licence type, and can I use it on multiple domains?

Each purchase grants a single-domain API licence. You may use it on one live domain. A one-time free transfer from a staging site to a live domain is available on request by email.

Q: What does the plugin do if I have it active on a staging site and want to move to production?

Contact the support team by email to request a one-time free API licence transfer from your staging domain to your live domain.

Q: What purchase benefits are included?

The plugin includes a 30-day money-back guarantee, 12 months of free updates, and 6 months of priority support from the date of purchase.

Q: Does the admin grading interface reflect the deducted marks?

Yes. A bundled JavaScript file (negative_marking_js.js) sets min='-5' on .question-grade inputs and recalculates the .total_grade_percent in the WordPress admin grading UI so deductions are visible to instructors.

Q: What version is the current stable release?

The current stable release is version 1.0.1, which is the initial documented release of the plugin.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.2+, PHP 7.2+, and Sensei LMS (sensei-lms plugin) installed and active. The plugin is tested up to WordPress 6.4 and Sensei LMS 3.13+.

Pricing: Currently priced at $69 (on sale from a regular price of $75). Each purchase covers a single-domain API licence. Includes 30-day money-back guarantee, 12 months of free plugin updates, and 6 months of priority support. A free one-time licence transfer from staging to live domain is available on request.

View product →

Product

Sensei LMS Verify WordPress Plugin

Sensei LMS Verify is a WordPress plugin that extends Sensei LMS and Sensei Certificates by generating a unique 10-character verification code for every student who completes a course. It adds QR codes to PDF certificates, a public search page where anyone can confirm a certificate's authenticity, and one-click sharing via Email and LinkedIn. The plugin closes the credibility gap in online course credentials without requiring any manual administration.

Best for: WordPress site owners running Sensei LMS who issue course completion certificates and want a verifiable, shareable credential system for their students.

Key features
  • Unique 10-character verification code generated per learner per completed course, stored in a dedicated database table
  • QR codes embedded on PDF certificates that redirect to the public verification search page with the code pre-filled
  • Public verification search page via shortcode [sv-lms search] displaying learner name, course, grade, completion date, and certificate link
  • One-click LinkedIn sharing with OAuth integration and optional image upload when PNG mode is enabled
  • Email sharing with HTML template, optional certificate image preview, download link, and PDF attachment
  • Certificate template meta box to position Unique ID, Certificate Link, and QR Code fields on Sensei certificate templates
Use cases
  • Allowing employers or institutions to independently verify that a candidate genuinely completed a course
  • Enabling students to share a verified certificate link directly to their LinkedIn profile with one click
  • Sending a professional HTML email with an attached certificate PDF to a prospective employer or colleague
  • Printing a scannable QR code on PDF certificates so anyone can instantly look up completion details with a phone
  • Retroactively assigning unique verification codes to all students who completed courses before the plugin was installed
FAQs (15)

Q: What are the minimum server requirements for Sensei LMS Verify?

The plugin requires WordPress 6.0 or higher and PHP 7.4 or higher. Both Sensei LMS and Sensei Certificates must be installed and active. If you intend to share certificates as images (PNG), the Imagick PHP extension must also be available on your server.

Q: Why does the plugin show 'NOT RUNNING' after activation?

This means one or more requirements are not met. Check that PHP is at version 7.4 or above, WordPress is at 6.0 or above, and that both Sensei LMS and Sensei Certificates plugins are installed and active. Admin notices in the Plugins screen will detail exactly which requirement is failing.

Q: How do learners share a certificate?

When a course uses a certificate template and public viewing is enabled, learners see a 'Share your Certificate' option on supported Sensei pages. A unified dialog opens offering Email, LinkedIn, and copy-link options. LinkedIn uses OAuth and can post to the member feed with an image when PNG mode is active.

Q: How does someone verify a certificate they received?

They visit the public search page (which uses the [sv-lms search] shortcode), enter the unique code printed on the certificate, and the page displays the learner's name, course title, grade, completion date, and a link to view the certificate. Alternatively, they can scan the QR code on the PDF, which pre-fills the search form automatically.

Q: Where are shared certificate PDF and PNG files stored?

Public certificate files are stored in wp-content/uploads/sv-public-certificates/ as certificate-{hash}.pdf and optionally as a .png file when Image share mode is enabled.

Q: Will existing students who completed courses before plugin installation receive verification codes?

Yes. On activation, the plugin automatically assigns unique codes to all learners already marked as complete on any course, recording them with a completion_state of BEFORE. New completions after installation are recorded as AFTER. This means no student is left without a verifiable code.

Q: Does uninstalling the plugin delete all verification data?

Only if you check 'Delete data' in the plugin settings before uninstalling. If this option is not enabled, the database tables and WordPress options created by the plugin remain intact after uninstall, preserving all verification codes.

Q: How do I set up the public certificate verification search page?

Create a new WordPress page and add the shortcode [sv-lms search] to its content. Then go to Sensei → Sensei Verify settings and assign that page as the Search Certificate Page. The plugin will direct QR code scans and share links to this page.

Q: How do I add the QR code and unique ID to my certificate template?

Edit any certificate template post in WordPress. A Sensei Verify meta box appears where you can configure the position of the Unique ID text, Certificate Link text, and QR Code image on the PDF. Font and color options are also available for the text fields.

Q: What LinkedIn permissions or credentials do I need to enable LinkedIn sharing?

You need a LinkedIn application with a Client ID and Client Secret. Enter these credentials under Sensei → Sensei Verify settings. The plugin uses OAuth to post to the member's feed; if share mode is set to Image, it also uploads the certificate PNG via LinkedIn's image upload API.

Q: What share placeholders can I use in share titles and messages?

In the Share Title and Share Message settings fields you can use {{FULL_NAME}} for the learner's name and {{COURSE_NAME}} for the course title. On certificate templates, {{UNIQUE_ID}} inserts the verification code and {{CERTIFICATE_LINK}} inserts the certificate permalink.

Q: Is WhatsApp sharing supported?

WhatsApp sharing code exists in the plugin but the button and settings fields are commented out in version 1.3 and do not appear in the frontend share dialog or admin UI. Currently only Email and LinkedIn are active share channels.

Q: Which version of Sensei LMS is required?

The plugin is built specifically as an extension for Sensei LMS version 4.11 and above. It also requires the separate Sensei Certificates plugin (available from WooCommerce.com) to be active alongside Sensei LMS.

Q: Does the plugin slow down my WordPress site?

Sensei LMS Verify is designed to be lightweight and fast. It adds a focused set of database tables and only processes certificate-related logic when completions occur or when share/verification pages are loaded. It should not cause noticeable impact on overall site performance.

Q: What happens if Imagick is not installed on my server?

An admin notice appears in the WordPress dashboard if the Imagick PHP extension is not loaded. You can still use the plugin with PDF share mode, but Image mode (which converts PDFs to PNG for LinkedIn image posts and email previews) requires Imagick to function correctly.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0 or higher and PHP 7.4 or higher. Both Sensei LMS and Sensei Certificates plugins must be active; the Imagick PHP extension is recommended when using Image share mode (PDF-to-PNG conversion).

Pricing: Sensei LMS Verify is sold as an annual licence for $75 per year, covering a single domain. The licence includes free plugin updates and dedicated support for the duration of the active subscription. A 30-day full refund guarantee applies to all purchases.

View product →

Product

Sensei Quiz Question Export Plugin

Sensei Quiz Question Export Plugin adds a WordPress admin page that lets administrators export all Sensei LMS quiz questions into a downloadable .xls spreadsheet file. Questions can be exported in bulk across all quizzes or filtered to a single quiz, and the output is organised by lesson/quiz. The file opens in Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, and other spreadsheet tools.

Best for: Sensei LMS site administrators and course creators who need to archive, audit, migrate, or share their quiz question bank without manual copying.

Key features
  • Exports all Sensei LMS quiz questions to a downloadable .xls file from the WordPress admin
  • Filter export by a single quiz or export all questions at once using the quiz dropdown
  • Exported columns include Question Type, Title, Description, Grade, Right/Wrong Answers, Feedback, Category, Random Order, Media ID, and Quiz title
  • Admin menu page 'Sensei Question Exporter' accessible only to administrator-level users
  • Single-domain API licence with one-time free transfer to a live domain available on request
  • Annual subscription includes free plugin updates and free technical support while active
Use cases
  • Downloading a full offline backup of all Sensei quiz questions before a site migration
  • Auditing course content by reviewing all questions lesson-by-lesson in a spreadsheet
  • Sharing the question bank with co-instructors or subject-matter experts for review
  • Reconstructing question banks when moving to a new WordPress installation
  • Generating a clean record of quiz content for compliance or quality-assurance purposes
FAQs (15)

Q: Who can access the export page?

Only users with the 'administrator' capability can access the Sensei Question Exporter admin page. The capability is hard-coded in the plugin's menu registration, so editor or lower roles will not see or be able to access the page.

Q: What file format does the export produce?

The plugin sends an HTML table with Excel-compatible HTTP headers and a .xls file extension. It is not a native XLSX binary workbook. The file opens correctly in Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, and most major spreadsheet applications.

Q: Can I export questions for just one quiz instead of all quizzes?

Yes. On the export page, choose a specific quiz from the dropdown instead of selecting 'All Lesson Questions', then click 'Export Questions'. The downloaded file will contain only the questions linked to that quiz.

Q: Does this plugin import questions as well?

No. This plugin only exports questions. There is no import feature in the codebase. It is a one-way export tool only.

Q: Does the plugin work without Sensei LMS installed?

No. The plugin does not verify that Sensei is active, but it relies entirely on Sensei's 'question' and 'quiz' post types, meta fields, and taxonomies. Without Sensei data, exports will be empty or incomplete and may produce PHP notices.

Q: What data columns are included in the exported file?

The export includes: Question Type, Question Title, Question Description, Question Grade, Random Order, Question Media ID, Right Answer, Feedback on Right Answer, Wrong Answer, Category, and Quiz (quiz title).

Q: How many domains does one licence cover?

Each purchase includes an API licence valid for one domain only. If you need to move the licence from a staging environment to your live domain, a one-time transfer is available by sending a simple email request to support.

Q: Can I use the plugin on a staging site before going live?

Yes. You can activate the licence on your staging site first. When you're ready to go live, contact support to request a one-time licence transfer to your live domain at no extra cost.

Q: What WordPress versions are supported?

The plugin requires WordPress 4.0 or higher and has been tested up to WordPress 6.4.

Q: Is there a refund policy?

Yes. A full 30-day money-back guarantee is included. If you are not satisfied, you can claim a full refund within 30 days of purchase with no questions asked.

Q: How do I install the plugin?

Upload the 'sensei-questions-exporter' folder to /wp-content/plugins/, or install via the WordPress Plugins screen. Activate it through the Plugins menu, then go to 'Sensei Question Exporter' in the admin menu.

Q: Do I receive updates automatically?

Yes. Free plugin updates are included for the duration of your active annual subscription, ensuring ongoing compatibility with Sensei LMS and WordPress updates.

Q: Is support included with my purchase?

Yes. Free technical support is included for as long as your annual subscription remains active. The admin screen also includes direct links to author support and video tutorials.

Q: What is the pricing model?

The plugin is sold as an annual subscription at $55 per year per domain. This includes one API licence, free updates, and free support throughout the subscription period.

Q: Does the export include all question types supported by Sensei?

The plugin exports all posts with post_type 'question' from Sensei LMS, capturing the question-type taxonomy term for each. All question types stored as Sensei question posts will appear in the export, including their associated meta fields.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher (tested up to 6.4) with administrator access. Sensei LMS must be installed and active, providing the 'question' and 'quiz' post types, associated meta fields, and 'question-type' and 'question-category' taxonomies.

Pricing: Single annual subscription at $55/year per domain. Each licence is valid for one domain and includes free plugin updates and free technical support for the duration of the active subscription. A one-time staging-to-live domain transfer is available on request at no extra charge. A 30-day full refund guarantee applies to all purchases.

View product →

Product

Sensei Team WordPress Plugin

Sensei Team extends Sensei LMS to let site administrators create Team Managers who can onboard, organize, and enroll groups of students into courses without manual admin intervention. Administrators set student quotas, manage blocking rules, and link student groups to Sensei courses for automatic enrollment. Team Managers can import students in bulk via CSV or Excel, create students individually, and view progress reports scoped only to their own team.

Best for: WordPress site owners and LMS administrators who sell Sensei courses to companies, organizations, or cohorts and need to delegate student management to HR managers or team leaders.

Key features
  • Team Manager registration with unique two-character code, student quota, default password, and block status
  • Seat limit enforcement that auto-blocks excess students when a manager's allowed count is reduced
  • CSV and Excel bulk import for both Team Managers and Team Students with per-row validation preview
  • Student Groups linked to Sensei courses for automatic enrollment and unenrollment via Sensei APIs
  • Hierarchical blocking: admins can block a manager (blocking all their students); team managers can block individual students but cannot unblock admin-blocked students
  • Scoped Sensei Analysis views so logged-in Team Managers only see their own students, groups, and assigned courses
Use cases
  • Onboarding a 50-person company cohort by having an HR manager bulk-import employees via CSV without admin involvement
  • Setting seat limits per corporate client so managers cannot exceed their purchased number of course enrollments
  • Delegating day-to-day student account management to a team leader while the site admin retains override and blocking control
  • Automatically enrolling or unenrolling entire student groups from Sensei courses when group membership changes
  • Allowing team managers to view progress and activity reports scoped only to their own students and assigned courses
FAQs (15)

Q: What is a Team Manager code?

A short unique prefix of at least two characters prepended to each student's WordPress login name. For example, code 'AB' and student name 'john' produce the login 'AB john'. The code must be unique across all team managers and must not conflict with existing WordPress logins.

Q: Can a Team Manager create unlimited students?

No. The administrator sets an Allowed Students count per manager. Attempts to exceed the limit are blocked automatically. Lowering the limit auto-blocks excess students with a 'LimitExceed' flag; raising it can restore their previous block state.

Q: What happens when a Team Manager is blocked?

Blocked managers cannot log in. All their students are also treated as blocked for login while the manager remains blocked. An admin can unblock the manager to restore access for the entire team.

Q: Can students be imported in bulk?

Yes. Go to Team Students → Upload Students and upload a CSV or Excel file. Sample files are included in the plugin's assets/sample/ folder. The Team Manager named in each row must already exist in the system before import.

Q: Does deleting a Team Manager remove all their data?

Yes. Deleting a manager permanently removes all their associated students (WordPress users), group mappings, and related database records. This action is irreversible, so export data before deleting.

Q: What role does a Team Manager have in WordPress?

Team Managers are WordPress users assigned the 'teacher' role and granted the 'manage_sensei_grades' capability. They must also have a corresponding row in the plugin's sgm_teams database table to access team management features.

Q: Can a Team Manager see other managers' students or courses?

No. When a Team Manager is logged in, Sensei analysis filters restrict all visible learners, courses, and lessons to only their own team and assigned courses. Admins retain full visibility across all managers.

Q: How does student login naming work?

A student's WordPress login is constructed as '{UniqueCode} {UserName}' — the manager's code, a space, then the username. Changing a manager's code later automatically updates all existing student login names that still use the old prefix.

Q: How are students enrolled in Sensei courses?

Students are organized into Student Groups, and those groups are linked to Sensei courses via Course Groups. The plugin uses Sensei_Utils::user_start_course and sensei_remove_user_from_course to enroll or unenroll learners automatically when group membership changes.

Q: Can a team manager block or unblock students?

Team managers can block individual students. However, they cannot unblock any student that an admin has blocked. Admins have full block and unblock authority over all students and managers.

Q: What is the default password system?

Each Team Manager has a configurable default password. Any new student created without an explicit password automatically inherits this default, streamlining bulk onboarding for large groups.

Q: Which database tables does the plugin create?

On activation, the plugin creates five custom tables: {prefix}sgm_teams (managers), {prefix}sgm_students (students), {prefix}sgm_groups (student groups), {prefix}sgm_maps (group-to-student membership), and {prefix}sgm_courses (course-group-student enrollment records).

Q: Can admins export student and manager data?

Yes. Admin grids support export in Excel, CSV, and text formats via the bundled table UI scripts. Bulk delete and filtering are also available on the admin grid screens.

Q: What WordPress and PHP versions are required?

The plugin requires WordPress 4.0 or higher and PHP 5.6 or later. It has been tested up to WordPress 6.4. Sensei LMS must also be installed and active.

Q: Is there a limit on how many Team Managers I can create?

The plugin documentation does not state a hard cap on the number of Team Managers. Each manager is a WordPress user with the teacher role, so practical limits are determined by your hosting environment and WordPress configuration.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher, PHP 5.6 or later with MySQL support, and Sensei LMS must be installed and active (uses the course post type, Sensei_Utils, and Sensei analysis filters).

Pricing: Single license priced at $75/year (on sale from regular $99/year). Includes a 1-year license with free plugin updates, free support, and a 30-day money-back guarantee. No mention of multi-site or agency tiers in available documentation.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Certificate Verifier Pro

Tutor LMS Certificate Verifier Pro extends Tutor LMS by turning every course completion into a verifiable credential with a unique ID, a public verification page, optional QR codes, and per-course expiry rules. Administrators gain full issuance logs and the ability to revoke credentials at any time, while learners get shareable links they can include on resumes and LinkedIn profiles. The plugin layers governance on top of your existing Tutor certificate stack with no redesign required.

Best for: Online course creators, training providers, compliance teams, and educational institutions using Tutor LMS who need tamper-evident, verifiable certificates with audit trails and expiry controls.

Key features
  • Unique Credential IDs automatically assigned to every course completion, creating a tamper-evident record
  • Dedicated public verification page that resolves any credential ID so employers, compliance officers, or partners can authenticate instantly
  • Optional scannable QR code printed on the certificate that links directly to the verification page
  • Per-course expiry rules to enforce renewal cycles, continuing-education windows, or compliance periods without affecting other courses
  • Full issuance logs with paginated display (20 entries per page), single-entry deletion, and full log clearing with confirmation
  • Credential revocation that immediately invalidates a certificate on the public verification page, with admin notices if required plugins are missing
Use cases
  • Professional certification programs that require time-bound validity and renewal cycles enforced per course
  • Compliance training platforms where regulators or auditors need a verifiable audit trail of issued credentials
  • Corporate learning portals where HR or hiring managers need to authenticate employee course completions instantly
  • Continuing education providers who need to revoke credentials when a learner violates policy or a certification is superseded
  • Learners sharing credentials on LinkedIn, resumes, or professional portfolios with a live verification link rather than a static PDF
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin replace my existing Tutor LMS certificates?

No. It layers verification governance on top of your existing Tutor LMS, Tutor Pro, and Tutor Certificate Builder setup. No certificate redesign, platform migration, or disruption to current certificates is required.

Q: How does the public verification page work?

A purpose-built verifier page resolves each unique credential ID. Anyone—employer, compliance officer, or partner—can enter or scan the ID to authenticate a certificate instantly without contacting your team. The page is published via a shortcode.

Q: Can learners print or download their certificate from the verification page?

Yes. When a real certificate image is available, Print and Download buttons appear below the certificate on the verification page. Print opens a browser-friendly print view; Download saves a JPG file with a sensible filename. These buttons only appear when an image exists.

Q: What happens when I revoke a credential?

Revocation immediately invalidates the credential on the public verification page. Anyone who visits that credential's URL will see it as invalid. This is useful for policy violations, disputes, or superseded certifications.

Q: Can I set expiry dates on some courses but not others?

Yes. Expiry rules are set on a per-course basis, so you can enforce time-bound validity for compliance or continuing-education courses while leaving other courses with no expiry at all.

Q: How are issuance logs displayed, and can I manage individual entries?

Logs are paginated at 20 entries per page for readability. You can navigate between pages, delete a single log entry, or clear the entire log. A confirmation prompt prevents accidental clearing, and a short confirmation message confirms the action completed.

Q: Is the QR code mandatory on every certificate?

No. QR codes are optional and can be enabled or disabled. When enabled, the QR code printed on the certificate links directly to the public verification page for that specific credential.

Q: What do learners get for sharing their credentials?

Learners receive a shareable credential link that points to the live verification page for their specific credential ID. They can include this link on resumes, LinkedIn profiles, and professional portfolios as verifiable proof of completion.

Q: What happens if a required plugin is missing or inactive?

The plugin displays a dependency admin notice in the WordPress dashboard alerting the site administrator that a required plugin (such as Tutor LMS or Tutor Certificate Builder) is missing or inactive, so the issue can be resolved before credentials are affected.

Q: Is there an audit trail for compliance reporting?

Yes. Full issuance logs record every credential issued, giving operations and compliance teams the visibility needed to report on, review, and account for all certificates across the platform.

Q: Can I delete just one log entry without clearing everything?

Yes. The log management interface allows you to remove a single entry if you only need to delete one record, or you can clear the entire log at once—with a confirmation prompt to prevent accidental deletion.

Q: Does the verification page styling look professional out of the box?

Yes. The verification page includes intentional spacing and clear styling between the main page title and the instruction heading, so the layout feels balanced and easy to read without additional CSS customization.

Q: What plugins are required for this to work?

The plugin is designed to work with Tutor LMS, Tutor Pro, and Tutor Certificate Builder. If any required plugin is missing or inactive, an admin notice will alert you. Confirm exact dependency versions with the vendor.

Q: How much does it cost and what does the licence include?

The plugin is priced at $49 USD as an annual licence. It includes instant download, free updates for the licence period, and access to the full feature set described on the product page.

Q: Can forged or duplicated certificates be detected?

Yes. Each completion is assigned a unique credential ID that resolves to a specific record on the verification page. If someone presents a forged or duplicated certificate, the ID either won't resolve or will show mismatched details.

Requirements: Requires an active Tutor LMS installation (compatible with Tutor Pro and Tutor Certificate Builder); specific PHP and WordPress minimum versions are not listed in the provided documentation, so confirm current requirements with the vendor before installing.

Pricing: Single price tier at $49 USD. Includes an annual licence, instant download, and free updates for the duration of the licence period. No multi-site or lifetime pricing tiers are mentioned in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Chat Plugin

Tutor LMS Chat Plugin adds real-time, Firebase-powered messaging directly inside Tutor LMS courses, lessons, and quiz pages. Enrolled students and instructors can communicate one-to-one or in group chats through a React-based widget without any load on the WordPress server. Course admins can enable or disable chat per-course, giving granular control over where communication is available.

Best for: WordPress site owners running Tutor LMS who want to add instant, in-course messaging between students and instructors without impacting site performance.

Key features
  • Firebase Realtime Database-backed messaging — all messages handled in the browser with no WordPress server load
  • Real-time chat widget (React UI) on Tutor LMS course, lesson, and quiz pages for enrolled users and instructors
  • Per-course enable/disable toggle via a Tutor course metabox (Allow Conversation), controlled by the global Allow Teacher Capability setting
  • One-to-one teacher–student private messaging alongside group course chat
  • Floating chat launcher with full-viewport chat panel including search, emoji, image insert, and attachment support
  • Single-domain API licence included with each purchase; settings stored in WordPress option lmsc_config
Use cases
  • Allowing enrolled students to ask instructors questions in real time during a lesson without leaving the course page
  • Enabling private one-to-one teacher–student conversations for personalised academic guidance
  • Giving course administrators per-course control to enable chat only on courses where live interaction is desired
  • Replacing slow email or forum-based Q&A with instant messaging embedded directly in Tutor LMS course and lesson views
  • Providing a zero-server-load messaging solution for high-traffic LMS sites concerned about page speed and SEO
FAQs (15)

Q: Why do I see an admin notice about needing an LMS plugin?

Tutor LMS must be installed and active (plugin basename tutor/tutor.php). The TutorLMS Chat plugin checks for Tutor LMS on every admin page load and will display an error notice until it detects the dependency.

Q: Why is the chat widget not showing on my Tutor course page?

Check these common causes: (1) Enable LMS conversation is off in General settings; (2) Allow Teacher Capability is on but the course metabox Allow Conversation is off; (3) the visitor is not logged in; (4) the user is not enrolled, not the course author, and not a Tutor instructor; (5) the page is not a Tutor courses, lesson, or tutor_quiz view.

Q: Where are chat messages stored?

Messages are stored and delivered through Firebase (Realtime Database, Firestore, and Storage). They are not stored as WordPress posts, comments, custom post types, or custom database tables.

Q: Where are plugin settings stored?

All plugin settings are stored in the WordPress option lmsc_config. Per-course overrides use post meta allow_conversation on individual Tutor courses.

Q: Does the chat slow down my website?

No. Because Firebase handles all messaging infrastructure in the browser, no additional load is placed on your web server or hosting environment. The chat widget is only enqueued for logged-in front-end users, never in wp-admin.

Q: Which Tutor LMS pages does the chat appear on?

The chat widget loads on Tutor course pages (singular courses post type), lesson pages (post type lesson, course resolved via _tutor_course_id_for_lesson meta), and quiz pages (post type tutor_quiz, course resolved via parent hierarchy).

Q: Who can see and use the chat widget?

Only logged-in users who are enrolled in the course, the course author, or listed as a Tutor instructor on that course. Guests and wp-admin sessions never see the widget.

Q: Can I restrict chat to specific courses rather than enabling it site-wide?

Yes. Enable Allow Teacher Capability in General settings, then edit each Tutor course and set the Allow Conversation toggle in the LMS Conversation metabox. Courses without this toggle enabled will not show the chat widget.

Q: Do I need my own Firebase project?

Yes. You must create a Firebase project, obtain your web app configuration credentials, and enter them in the Firebase Settings tab inside the TutorLMS Chat admin menu. The plugin does not provide a shared Firebase backend.

Q: What does the single-domain licence mean?

Each purchase includes an API licence valid for use on one domain only. If you need the plugin on multiple domains, you would require separate licences for each.

Q: Does the plugin support one-to-one private messaging?

Yes. Private, direct one-to-one messaging between individual teachers and students is supported alongside the general course chat, allowing personalised guidance without other students seeing the conversation.

Q: What chat UI features are included in the front-end widget?

The React-based widget includes a floating chat launcher, full-viewport chat panel, inbox and friends areas, message composer with send control, search, image insert, emoji picker, attachment support, and delete/cancel actions.

Q: What PHP version is required?

PHP 7.4 or higher is required. The plugin uses typed properties in its PHP classes, which are not available in earlier PHP versions.

Q: Can guests or non-enrolled visitors use the chat?

No. Guest/anonymous chat is not supported. The widget only loads for logged-in users who are enrolled in the relevant course, are the course author, or are a registered Tutor instructor on that course.

Q: Are email notifications or chat moderation tools included?

No. Email notifications and moderation tools are not part of this plugin. These features are not present in the PHP backend or REST routes in version 1.0.0.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.4.0 or newer, PHP 7.4+, and Tutor LMS (tutor/tutor.php) installed and active. A configured Firebase project with credentials entered in plugin settings is mandatory; chat is not available for guest/unauthenticated users.

Pricing: Single price of $75 for a single-domain licence. One purchase covers one domain. No recurring subscription is mentioned. Additional domains require separate licence purchases.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Course Exporter Plugin

Tutor LMS Custom Course Exporter is a WordPress admin plugin that exports Tutor LMS course content — including course metadata, topics, and lessons — into a structured CSV file. Each row in the CSV represents one lesson, with course-level and topic-level data repeated across all rows. It is designed to pair with the Tutor LMS Course Importer plugin for full site-to-site course migration.

Best for: WordPress site administrators running Tutor LMS who need to migrate courses between sites, create course backups, or transfer course content without manually rebuilding every lesson and topic.

Key features
  • Exports up to 28 CSV columns covering course metadata, taxonomies, intro video, topics, and lessons in one file
  • Lesson-centric export structure — one row per lesson with course and topic fields repeated on each row
  • Select individual courses or use 'Select All' to export every course at once; selection is auto-saved via AJAX
  • Supports six video source types: html5, youtube, external_url, vimeo, embedded, and shortcode
  • Exports course categories and tags as comma-separated name lists, and lesson attachments as dash-joined media IDs
  • Admin-only access controlled by WordPress manage_options capability — no front-end exposure
Use cases
  • Migrating all Tutor LMS courses from a staging site to a live production site
  • Moving courses from one WordPress install to another during a domain or host change
  • Creating a structured CSV backup of course content including metadata, videos, and attachments
  • Exporting a subset of courses to share course structure data with a developer or content team
  • Using alongside the Tutor LMS Course Importer plugin to complete a full round-trip course migration
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I run the export?

In the WordPress admin under Tutor → Custom Course Exporter. You must be logged in as a user with the manage_options capability, which is typically an Administrator role.

Q: Can I export only some of my courses?

Yes. The export screen lists all Tutor LMS courses as checkboxes. Check only the ones you want, or use the Select All toggle to include every course. Your selection is saved automatically via AJAX whenever you change a checkbox.

Q: How is the CSV structured?

Each row represents one lesson. Course-level and topic-level columns are repeated on every lesson row that belongs to that course and topic. Topics are ordered by menu_order ascending; lessons within each topic use the same ordering.

Q: What video sources are supported in the export?

The plugin reads Tutor _video meta and exports source type and URL/ID for: html5, youtube, external_url, vimeo, embedded, and shortcode. Lesson runtime exports as hours:minutes:seconds when present. Course intro video runtime is left empty in the CSV.

Q: Are categories and tags included in the export?

Yes. Course categories (course-category taxonomy) and tags (course-tag taxonomy) are exported as comma-separated name lists in their respective CSV columns.

Q: Does the plugin export on the front end of the site?

No. Export is admin-only. The settings screen and Export (CSV) button are not available to site visitors or students.

Q: Where is the exported CSV file saved?

The file is written to csv/tutor_lms_custom_course_data_table.csv inside the plugin folder and downloaded via its public URL. The file is overwritten on each export, so download it immediately after generating.

Q: How many columns does the CSV contain?

The export always includes all 28 columns. There is no option to select or exclude specific columns — all course, topic, and lesson fields are exported every time.

Q: Does this plugin also import courses?

No. This plugin only handles export. To import the CSV into another WordPress site, you need the separate Tutor LMS Course Importer plugin, also available from WP Plugins For You.

Q: Can I export quizzes, assignments, or student enrollment data?

No. The plugin exports course structure only: courses, topics, lessons, metadata, taxonomies, and video references. Quizzes, assignments, certificates, orders, and user/enrollment data are not included.

Q: Does the plugin create any database tables?

No. The plugin uses the WordPress options API to store saved course selections (in the tutor_lms_cue_checkbox option) and does not create any custom database tables.

Q: What happens to the CSV file if I run the export again?

The existing CSV file is overwritten with each new export. Always download the file immediately after generating it to avoid losing a previous export.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with the latest version of WordPress?

The plugin requires WordPress 4.0 or higher and has been tested up to WordPress 4.8 per the readme. Verify compatibility with your current WordPress version before purchasing.

Q: Are lesson attachments included in the export?

Yes. Lesson attachments are exported as a dash-joined list of media IDs in a dedicated column. These IDs can be used to re-link media on the destination site via the companion importer plugin.

Q: Where can I find complete technical documentation?

Full documentation including the CSV column reference, data sources, file layout, hooks, and troubleshooting is available in DOCUMENTATION.md inside the plugin directory.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher and PHP 5.6 or higher. Tutor LMS must be installed and active with courses using the standard Tutor post types: courses, topics, and lesson.

Pricing: One-time payment of $59. Includes a single-domain licence. Instant download after purchase. No subscription or recurring fees stated. Pairs with the separately available Tutor LMS Course Importer plugin.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS CSV Course Importer

Tutor LMS CSV Course Importer is a WordPress plugin that lets you bulk-create and update courses, topics, and lessons in Tutor LMS by uploading a CSV file or importing directly from a Google Sheet. It maps spreadsheet columns to every Tutor LMS course field — including videos, categories, tags, attachments, and learner-facing details — eliminating manual data entry. One upload creates the full course catalogue automatically.

Best for: Online course creators, e-learning businesses, and WordPress administrators who use Tutor LMS and need to launch or update multiple courses quickly without manual data entry.

Key features
  • Full CSV course import covering all Tutor LMS fields — title, description, excerpt, benefits, targeted audience, requirements, material includes, and course level
  • Google Sheets direct import for live, collaborative course data management (available from 7 April 2026)
  • Multi-source video support for course intro and lesson videos — HTML5 uploads, external URLs, YouTube, Vimeo, and embedded sources
  • Topic and lesson structure import — define multiple topics and lessons per course including name, summary, description, and display order in one CSV file
  • Featured image and lesson attachment assignment via WordPress media library IDs referenced directly in the CSV
  • Course categories, tags, duration, video run time, and video poster image all configurable from spreadsheet columns
Use cases
  • Bulk-importing an entire course catalogue from an existing Excel or Google Sheets spreadsheet into Tutor LMS in a single upload
  • Migrating course content from another LMS or data source by exporting to CSV and importing into Tutor LMS
  • Rapidly updating lesson titles, descriptions, video URLs, or course details across many courses without editing each one individually
  • Collaborating with a content team in Google Sheets to prepare course data, then pushing it live to Tutor LMS in one step
  • Launching a new LMS site with a pre-built course structure by preparing all content in a spreadsheet template first
FAQs (15)

Q: What is the Tutor LMS CSV Course Importer?

It is a WordPress plugin that lets you import complete Tutor LMS courses — including topics, lessons, videos, categories, tags, and all other course fields — directly from a CSV file or Google Sheet, with no manual data entry in the admin UI.

Q: Does Tutor LMS have a built-in CSV import feature?

No. Tutor LMS does not include a native bulk CSV or spreadsheet import. This plugin fills that gap by bridging your spreadsheet data directly to Tutor LMS course creation.

Q: Can I import courses from Google Sheets as well as CSV files?

Yes. Google Sheets import is supported and allows live, collaborative management of course data. This feature is available from 7 April 2026.

Q: What video sources are supported for course intro and lesson videos?

You can specify HTML5 file uploads, external URLs, YouTube, Vimeo, and embedded video sources via dedicated CSV columns — both for course intro videos and individual lesson videos.

Q: How do I assign featured images or lesson attachments in the CSV?

Reference the WordPress media library ID (attachment ID) for each image or file in the designated CSV column. The plugin retrieves the media from your library and assigns it to the course or lesson automatically.

Q: Can I define multiple topics and lessons per course in a single CSV file?

Yes. The CSV structure supports multiple topic rows per course and multiple lesson rows per topic, including topic name, summary, display order, lesson title, description, and lesson order — all in one file.

Q: Which Tutor LMS course fields can I populate via CSV?

The plugin supports course title, description, excerpt, benefits, targeted audience, requirements/instructions, material includes, course level, categories, tags, duration, intro video, featured image, topic structure, lesson content, lesson videos, video run time, video poster, and lesson attachments.

Q: Can I use this plugin to update existing courses, or only create new ones?

The plugin supports both creating new courses and editing existing ones. You can update lesson content, video URLs, and course details across multiple courses via a fresh import without navigating each course individually.

Q: Where do I get the CSV template?

After installing the plugin, you can download the official CSV template from within the plugin's interface in your WordPress dashboard. The template pre-defines all supported column headers.

Q: Do I need any coding skills to use this plugin?

No coding skills are required. You fill in a spreadsheet template with your course data, upload the CSV file (or connect a Google Sheet) through the plugin's admin screen, and the plugin handles everything else automatically.

Q: Is this plugin compatible with the free version of Tutor LMS?

The product page does not specify whether both free and pro versions of Tutor LMS are supported. Contact the developer at wppluginsforyou.com to confirm compatibility with your specific Tutor LMS version.

Q: What does the annual licence include?

The $75 annual licence includes instant plugin download, access to all updates released during the licence year, and ongoing support. Renewing the licence maintains access to new features and compatibility updates.

Q: What happens to my existing courses when I run an import?

The plugin is designed to create or update courses based on your CSV data. To avoid unintended overwrites, review the plugin's import options carefully and consider testing with a staging site before running a large import on a live site.

Q: Can I set course level and materials included list from the CSV?

Yes. Dedicated CSV columns allow you to specify the course level (e.g. beginner, intermediate, advanced) and the list of materials or assets provided to students, which appear on the learner-facing course page.

Q: Is there a demo I can watch before purchasing?

Yes. The product page at wppluginsforyou.com includes two demo videos — one showing a Google Sheets import workflow and one demonstrating a CSV file import — so you can see the plugin in action before buying.

Requirements: Requires an active Tutor LMS installation on WordPress. Specific PHP and WordPress minimum version details were not extractable from the uploaded documentation; consult the plugin's readme or the product page for exact server requirements.

Pricing: Single price of $75 USD per year. The licence includes instant plugin download, an annual licence term, and free updates throughout the licence period. No free tier or lifetime option is mentioned on the product page.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Custom User Exporter Plugin

Tutor LMS Custom User Exporter is a WordPress admin plugin that lets site administrators export enrolled student and instructor data from Tutor LMS into a CSV file. Administrators choose from 17 selectable profile and enrollment fields using a simple checkbox interface, and the resulting CSV is compatible with Excel, Google Sheets, and any major CRM. No coding is required — just install, select fields, and download.

Best for: WordPress site owners and administrators running Tutor LMS who need to export student enrollment, completion, and profile data for CRM imports, reporting, compliance, or billing workflows.

Key features
  • 17 selectable profile and enrollment fields via a checkbox interface — no coding required
  • Exports enrolled course name and ID, enrollment date, completed course name and ID, and date of completion sourced directly from Tutor LMS data
  • CSV output is compatible with Excel, Google Sheets, and all major CRM platforms
  • Column selection is saved automatically via AJAX — no separate Save button needed
  • Supports student roles (subscriber, customer) and instructor role (tutor_instructor) in the same export
  • Free plugin updates and dedicated support included for the duration of the active subscription
Use cases
  • Exporting enrolled student contact details (name, email, phone) into a CRM for follow-up campaigns
  • Tracking course enrollment dates and cohort windows for subscription or payment reconciliation
  • Auditing course completion records with completion dates for certificate issuance or compliance reporting
  • Exporting B2B learner data including organisation name and purchase order numbers for corporate billing
  • Migrating student account data to another platform by exporting usernames, emails, and hashed passwords
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I find the export screen after activating the plugin?

Go to Tutor → Custom User Exporter in your WordPress admin dashboard. The screen is only visible to users with the manage_options capability.

Q: Which user roles are included in the export?

The plugin exports users whose role string matches exactly one of: subscriber, customer, or tutor_instructor. Users with multiple roles simultaneously may not match and could be skipped from the export.

Q: What is the exported CSV file called and where is it stored?

The file is named tutor_lms_custom_user_data_table.csv and is stored in the csv/ folder inside the plugin directory. Each new export overwrites the previous file, so download and archive copies if you need historical snapshots.

Q: Does the plugin export plaintext passwords?

No. The Password field exports the WordPress hashed user_pass value — it is not human-readable plaintext. This is suitable for data migration purposes, not for reading actual passwords.

Q: How does the plugin determine which courses a student is enrolled in?

For students (subscriber/customer), it queries wp_posts for rows where post_type = 'tutor_enrolled', post_author matches the user ID, and post_status = 'completed'. The course ID is the post_parent value.

Q: How does the plugin track course completions?

Completion data is read from wp_comments where comment_agent = 'TutorLMSPlugin', comment_type = 'course_completed', and user_id matches. The completion date comes from comment_date.

Q: How is instructor enrollment data handled?

For tutor_instructor users, enrolled courses are sourced from the _tutor_instructor_course_id user meta key. Note that the enrollment date field is not populated for instructors in the current implementation (version 1.0.4).

Q: Do I need to click a Save button after selecting columns?

No. Column selections are saved automatically via AJAX each time you toggle a checkbox. A brief loading overlay may appear while the save request completes. Selections persist in the database for future visits.

Q: Where does the phone number data come from?

The plugin reads user meta key phone_number first; if that is empty it falls back to contactno. If neither is populated on a user's profile, the phone field will be blank in the export.

Q: Which fields are available for the Organisation, Ordered By, and Purchase Order columns?

Organisation maps to user meta organization_name, Ordered By maps to ordered_by, and Purchase Order No maps to po_number. These fields populate only if data exists in the respective user meta keys.

Q: Is Tutor LMS required for the plugin to work?

Tutor LMS is strongly recommended and effectively required. Without it, enrollment and completion columns will be empty. The plugin can still export basic WordPress profile fields, but its core value depends on Tutor LMS being installed and active.

Q: Can I export data for all students across all courses at once?

Yes. The export loops all users in wp_users and outputs a row for each matched role, pulling all enrolled and completed course data per user in a single CSV download.

Q: Does the plugin create any custom database tables?

No. The plugin does not create any separate database tables. It uses the WordPress Options API to store column preferences and reads from existing WordPress and Tutor LMS tables.

Q: What licence does the plugin come with?

The plugin is sold with a single domain licence at $59. Free updates are included for the duration of your active subscription, along with dedicated support.

Q: Are there any known issues with front-end asset loading?

The plugin bootstrap registers front-end CSS/JS files that may not be included in the shipped package. This can cause 404 asset requests on the front end. It does not affect the admin export screen, which is the plugin's core function.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher (a current supported release is recommended) and PHP with standard hosting support for fputcsv and wpdb. Tutor LMS must be installed and active to produce meaningful enrollment and completion data.

Pricing: Single price of $59 USD for a single domain licence. Includes free plugin updates for the duration of the active subscription and dedicated customer support throughout the subscription period. No multi-site or tiered pricing tiers are documented.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Custom User Import Plugin

Tutor LMS Custom User Import Plugin lets site administrators upload a single CSV file to register and enroll students and instructors into Tutor LMS courses, including support for custom enrollment dates, bulk course assignment, course-completion marking on import, and corporate learner metadata. It replaces tedious one-by-one manual enrollment with a two-minute file upload. A companion exporter plugin is also available that exports Tutor LMS user and enrollment data back to CSV.

Best for: WordPress site administrators running Tutor LMS who need to onboard large cohorts, migrate learners from other platforms, or manage corporate or sponsored trainees efficiently.

Key features
  • Downloadable CSV template available directly from the plugin's settings page so imports are always correctly formatted
  • Import both students (trainees) and instructors/teachers from a single CSV file with no separate workflows
  • Custom enrollment date support in MM/DD/YYYY format per course ID for historical or future-dated enrollments
  • Mark a specific course as completed at the time of import, ideal for platform migrations
  • Assign a user to multiple courses in one CSV row using comma-separated course IDs
  • Capture and save Organisation name and Purchase Order number to each user's WordPress profile for corporate or sponsored learners
Use cases
  • Bulk-enrolling hundreds of students into one or more Tutor LMS courses by uploading a single CSV instead of adding them one by one
  • Migrating learners from another eLearning platform and marking their previously completed courses as completed on import so progress history is preserved
  • Onboarding corporate or company-sponsored trainees while capturing organisation name and purchase order number against each learner's WordPress profile
  • Registering and enrolling instructors or teachers at the same time as students using the same CSV template, eliminating separate workflows
  • Setting historical or custom enrollment dates (MM/DD/YYYY format) for learners who joined a course at a specific past date
FAQs (15)

Q: Where do I find the CSV template?

The ready-made CSV template can be downloaded directly from the plugin's dedicated settings page inside the WordPress admin. This ensures your data is always in the correct column format without guessing field names.

Q: Can I import both students and instructors with the same file?

Yes. The plugin supports registering and enrolling both students (trainees) and instructors or teachers using the same single CSV template — no separate import workflows are needed.

Q: Can I enroll a user in multiple courses at once?

Yes. Supply comma-separated course IDs in the course ID field for a single user row. The plugin will assign that user to all listed courses in one import run.

Q: How do I specify an enrollment date?

Include the date in MM/DD/YYYY format alongside the course ID in your CSV. This gives you full control over historical or future-dated enrollments.

Q: Can I mark a course as completed during import?

Yes. You can flag a course as completed for a student at import time. This is specifically designed for migrating learners from other platforms so their completion history is preserved.

Q: How is corporate learner data handled?

The plugin lets you include Organisation name and Purchase Order number columns in your CSV. These values are automatically saved to the user's WordPress profile page after import.

Q: Does this plugin work without Tutor LMS installed?

No. The plugin depends on Tutor LMS post types, enrollment records, completion data, and the Tutor admin menu. Tutor LMS must be installed and active for the importer to function.

Q: What is the API licence and what domain does it cover?

Each purchase includes a Single Domain API licence valid for one live domain. If you need to test on a staging site first, a one-time licence transfer to your live domain is available on request via email.

Q: What does the plugin cost and are there recurring fees?

The plugin is a one-time purchase of $65. There are no subscriptions or recurring fees. The single-domain licence covers one live domain indefinitely.

Q: Where are all the plugin's settings managed?

All configuration, template downloads, and import actions are managed from a dedicated settings page within the WordPress admin. No file editing or technical setup is required.

Q: Is there also an export plugin available?

Yes. A companion plugin, Tutor LMS Custom User Exporter, exports WordPress user data related to Tutor LMS enrollments and course completions to a CSV file. It is a separate plugin by the same author.

Q: Which user roles can be exported with the exporter plugin?

The exporter includes users whose role matches exactly one of: subscriber, tutor_instructor, or customer. Users with other roles or differently formatted role strings are not included.

Q: What columns can I choose when exporting user data?

The exporter offers 17 selectable columns: Username, Email, First Name, Last Name, Phone Number, Password (hash), Bio, Role, Enrolled Course Name, Enrolled Course ID, Date of Enrollment, Completed Course Name, Completed Course ID, Date of Completion, Organization, Ordered By, and Purchase Order No.

Q: Does the Password column export plain-text passwords?

No. The Password column contains the WordPress password hash (user_pass) from the database, not a plain-text password.

Q: Where is the exported CSV file stored?

The exporter writes the file to wp-content/plugins/tutor-lms-custom-user-exporter/csv/tutor_lms_custom_user_data_table.csv and returns a download URL to the browser. Each export overwrites the previous file.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.0 or higher and PHP 5.2.4 or higher. Tutor LMS must be installed and active, as the plugin depends on Tutor LMS post types, user meta, and the Tutor admin menu.

Pricing: One-time purchase at $65. Single Domain API licence included — valid for one live domain with no recurring or subscription fees. A one-time licence transfer to a different domain (e.g., moving from staging to live) is available on request via email.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Custom User Registration Fields Plugin

The Tutor LMS Custom User Registration Fields Plugin lets you add unlimited custom fields — such as National ID, phone number, student ID, or any other data point — directly to your Tutor LMS registration forms. It provides a no-code admin interface for managing field types, labels, validation, and display locations. Collected data is stored as WordPress user meta and automatically appears on registration forms, profile display pages, profile edit pages, and the WordPress admin user edit screen.

Best for: Academic institutions, corporate training platforms, and professional learning sites using Tutor LMS that need to capture learner data beyond the default registration fields.

Key features
  • Unlimited custom fields — add as many fields as needed with no hard limit
  • Six field types supported: Text, Email, Number, Date, Textarea, and Select Dropdown
  • Required field validation — mark any field as mandatory with custom error messages
  • Flexible column width options: Full Width (100%), Half Width (50%), or One Third Width per field
  • Automatic display across four locations: registration form, profile display page, profile edit page, and WP admin user edit screen
  • No-code admin interface under Tutor → Custom Fields — configure field key, label, meta key, placeholder, and display options without writing any code
Use cases
  • Collecting national ID or government-issued ID numbers during student registration for academic compliance
  • Capturing phone numbers at sign-up to enable SMS notifications and personalized outreach campaigns
  • Recording student IDs for universities or schools that need to link LMS accounts to internal records
  • Segmenting learners by custom field data (e.g., department, job title) for targeted course marketing
  • Eliminating post-registration follow-up by gathering all required onboarding data in a single form submission
FAQs (15)

Q: Does Tutor LMS need to be installed before activating this plugin?

Yes. Tutor LMS (Free or Pro) must be installed and active. The plugin checks for Tutor LMS on activation and will automatically deactivate itself with an admin error notice if Tutor LMS is not detected.

Q: What field types are supported?

Six field types are supported: Text, Email, Number, Date, Textarea, and Select Dropdown. The field type determines the input element rendered and the validation applied.

Q: Can I make a custom field required?

Yes. When adding or editing a field in the admin interface, check the 'Required' option. You can also set a custom error message that is shown when the user submits the form without completing that field.

Q: Where do the custom fields appear after I add them?

Custom fields automatically appear in four locations: the student registration form, the user profile display page (My Profile dashboard), the user profile edit/settings page, and the WordPress admin user edit screen. You can toggle display on/off per location per field.

Q: How is the custom field data stored?

Data is stored as WordPress user meta using the standard User Meta API (update_user_meta / get_user_meta). The meta key defaults to the Field Key you enter, or you can specify a custom meta key (e.g., _national_id) during field setup.

Q: Can I control the width/layout of fields in the registration form?

Yes. Each field has a Column Width setting with three options: Full Width (tutor-form-col-12, 100%), Half Width (tutor-form-col-6, 50%), or One Third Width. This lets you arrange fields side-by-side or as full-width rows.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with the latest WordPress and Tutor LMS versions?

Yes. The plugin is fully tested on WordPress 6.8 and Tutor LMS 3.9. WordPress 5.0 through 6.4+ are all supported. PHP 7.4 is the minimum; PHP 8.0–8.3 are fully tested and recommended.

Q: Does the plugin work with WordPress Multisite?

Yes. The plugin is fully compatible with WordPress Multisite installations.

Q: Can I add more than one custom field?

Yes. The plugin supports unlimited custom fields. You can add as many fields as your registration process requires with no hard limit.

Q: Do I need to modify my theme or write any code?

No. This is a pure plugin solution that works with any theme and requires no theme modifications or custom coding. All configuration is done through the WordPress admin interface under Tutor → Custom Fields.

Q: Can I change the Field Key after a field has been created?

No. According to the documentation, the Field Key cannot be changed after creation. Plan your key naming carefully (lowercase letters, numbers, and underscores only) before adding the field.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with Tutor LMS Free or only Pro?

The plugin is compatible with both Tutor LMS Free and Tutor LMS Pro. Either version must simply be installed and active.

Q: What PHP version do I need?

PHP 7.4 is the minimum required version. PHP 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3 are all fully tested and recommended. PHP 7.3 and below are not supported.

Q: How do I retrieve custom field values programmatically?

Since data is stored as standard WordPress user meta, you can retrieve values using the native get_user_meta($user_id, 'your_meta_key', true) function anywhere in your theme or other plugins.

Q: Does this plugin slow down my site?

No. The plugin is built to be lightweight and performant. It uses standard WordPress APIs with no unnecessary bloat and is designed to add zero performance overhead beyond the minimal resources needed to render and save custom fields.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or higher (6.4+ recommended) and PHP 7.4 or higher (PHP 8.0–8.3 fully tested and recommended); Tutor LMS Free or Pro must be installed and active — the plugin will automatically deactivate if Tutor LMS is not detected. MySQL 5.6+ or MariaDB 10.0+ and the json and mysqli/pdo_mysql PHP extensions are also required.

Pricing: Single price of $49 USD per year (annual licence). Includes instant download, free updates while the subscription is active, and ongoing support. No tiered plans are mentioned — one licence covers the full feature set.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Negative Marking Plugin

Tutor LMS Quiz Negative Marking Advanced is a WordPress plugin that adds automatic negative marking to Tutor LMS quizzes. When a student completes a quiz, it calculates and deducts points for incorrect answers using either a percentage or fixed deduction mode, then updates the final score in Tutor's native database tables. It provides site-wide global settings and displays a transparent deduction summary to students on their results screen.

Best for: This plugin is for Tutor LMS site owners — including test prep institutes, universities, certification bodies, and WordPress agencies — who need real exam-style negative marking without custom code or manual score adjustments.

Key features
  • Automatic scoring on quiz completion — hooks into tutor_quiz/attempt_ended and tutor_quiz_finished (priority 20) with no manual intervention required
  • Two deduction modes: Percentage (deducts a configurable % of each wrong question's mark, e.g. 25% of a 4-mark question = 1.0 deducted) or Fixed (deducts the same fixed amount per wrong answer, capped at the question's mark)
  • Decimal precision — percentage and fixed values accept two decimal places (e.g. 0.25, 33.33, 1.75) for fine-grained control
  • Allow Negative Scores toggle — optionally floors the final earned_marks at zero so a student's score never goes below zero
  • Student-facing deduction summary — displays a highlighted notice on the quiz attempt details screen showing exactly how many marks were deducted
  • Administrator settings submenu under Tutor → Negative Marking, requiring manage_tutor capability, with settings saved via WordPress Options API
Use cases
  • Running mock competitive exams where wrong answers must cost marks to prevent random guessing
  • Mirroring paper-based university or certification negative marking schemes on a Tutor LMS site
  • Enforcing consistent penalty rules across all quizzes on a compliance training platform
  • Delivering Tutor LMS sites for clients who need scoring logic without billing hours for custom development
  • Raising quiz integrity on course marketplaces where students otherwise game assessments by guessing
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work with Tutor LMS Free or only Tutor LMS Pro?

It works with both Tutor LMS Free and Tutor LMS Pro, as long as the version is 1.9 or above and quizzes use Tutor's native quiz engine.

Q: How does percentage deduction mode work?

In percentage mode, the plugin deducts a configurable percentage of each wrong question's mark. For example, if you set 25% and a question is worth 4 marks, a wrong answer deducts 1.0 mark. Decimal percentages like 33.33% are supported.

Q: How does fixed deduction mode work?

In fixed mode, the same flat value is deducted for every wrong answer, regardless of the question's mark value. The deduction is capped at the question's own mark — so you can never deduct more than a question is worth.

Q: Can a student's final score go below zero?

By default the 'Allow negative scores' checkbox is enabled, so scores can go below zero. If you disable it, the plugin floors the final earned_marks at zero using max(0, correct_total − negative_total).

Q: Are skipped/unanswered questions penalized?

No. In this version, only incorrect answers (rows where is_correct = 0) are penalized. Unanswered or skipped questions are not deducted in the current release.

Q: Can I set different deduction rules for individual quizzes?

Not in this version. Settings are global and apply site-wide to all Tutor LMS quizzes. Per-quiz or per-question overrides are listed as not included in the current version.

Q: Where do I find the plugin settings in WordPress admin?

Settings are located under Tutor → Negative Marking in the WordPress admin. Access requires the manage_tutor capability, which is available to Tutor LMS instructors and admins.

Q: Do students see how many marks were deducted?

Yes. When deductions apply, a highlighted notice is shown on the quiz attempt details screen stating 'Negative Marking: X.XX marks deducted,' giving students full transparency about their score.

Q: Does the plugin modify Tutor LMS core files?

No. It reads and updates standard Tutor database tables (tutor_quiz_attempts and tutor_quiz_attempt_answers) via hooks, without touching core files, so Tutor LMS updates won't break it.

Q: What PHP and WordPress versions are required?

The plugin requires PHP 7.4+ (8.0+ recommended) and WordPress 5.8+ (6.0+ recommended).

Q: Is there a way to debug or verify deductions during testing?

Yes. When WP_DEBUG_LOG is enabled, the plugin logs processing steps via error_log — including attempt ID, per-answer deductions, and totals — useful for verifying behaviour on a staging site.

Q: Can I use this plugin on a staging site and then move to live?

Yes. Each purchase includes a single-domain API licence. If you activate it on staging first, email support for a one-time additional API activation to deploy on your live domain at no extra cost.

Q: Is this a subscription or a one-time purchase?

It is a one-time purchase. There is no recurring subscription. The purchase includes 12 months of free upgrades and 6 months of dedicated support.

Q: What deduction value is used by default?

The default mode is Percentage at 25%. This means 25% of each wrong question's mark is deducted automatically unless you change the setting under Tutor → Negative Marking.

Q: Does the plugin support decimal deduction values?

Yes. Both percentage and fixed deduction fields accept up to two decimal places (e.g. 0.25, 1.75, 33.33), and result summaries display deductions formatted to two decimal places.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.8+ (6.0+ recommended), PHP 7.4+ (8.0+ recommended), and an active installation of Tutor LMS (free or Pro) using its native quiz engine. A standard WordPress MySQL/MariaDB database with Tutor quiz tables present is also required.

Pricing: Currently priced at $69 (on sale from the regular price of $75). This is a one-time purchase with no subscription. Each purchase includes a single-domain API licence, 12 months of free plugin upgrades, and 6 months of dedicated support. Staging-to-live licence transfers are available at no extra charge by contacting support.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Quiz Downloader

Tutor LMS Quiz Downloader extends Tutor LMS so enrolled students can download course quizzes as branded PDF or DOC files after completing their quiz attempts. Administrators have full control over which download types are available — with correct answers, without answers, or with the student's own submitted responses. Every exported file includes course branding (logo, company name, footer contact details) for a professional, consistent look.

Best for: WordPress site owners and course creators running Tutor LMS who want to give students printable, downloadable quiz files for offline study, classroom use, or post-quiz review.

Key features
  • Three download modes: quiz with correct answers, quiz without answers, and quiz with the student's own submitted answers
  • PDF and DOC export formats — site-wide format choice set by the administrator
  • Admin-controlled visibility toggle — show or hide download buttons globally from the admin panel
  • Course branding on every export — logo, company name, and footer contact details embedded in each file
  • Auto-email system — automatically send a quiz export (as attachment or link) to the student upon quiz completion, with merge-tag support in subject and body
  • Flexible correct-answer layout — display answers after each question or grouped after all questions
Use cases
  • Providing students with a printable quiz copy for offline or classroom-based practice
  • Letting students download a personalised record of their own submitted answers after completing a quiz
  • Distributing branded, answer-key versions of quizzes to support self-study
  • Automatically emailing a quiz export to students immediately after they finish a quiz
  • Giving course admins granular control over which download types and formats are available to students
FAQs (15)

Q: Which versions of WordPress and Tutor LMS are supported?

The plugin requires WordPress 5.x or newer (verified compatible with WordPress 6+) and an active Tutor LMS installation with quizzes. PHP 7.4+ is recommended.

Q: What export file formats are available?

Quizzes can be exported as PDF or DOC. The format is set site-wide by the administrator in the Header & Export Format settings panel and applies to all three download button types.

Q: Can I control which download buttons students see?

Yes. The admin panel has individual toggles for 'Download with correct answer', 'Download without answer', and 'Download with my answers'. You can enable any combination, or turn off the download button entirely.

Q: When does the download button appear for a student?

The button appears on the course curriculum/lesson list below each topic. The student must be logged in, downloads must be globally enabled, and the student must have attempted every quiz under that topic at least once.

Q: What does a student see if they haven't completed all quizzes yet?

They see a 'Complete Quiz To Download' message. Clicking it reminds them to finish all quizzes in the topic and refresh the page before download buttons become active.

Q: Can I brand the downloaded files with my logo and company name?

Yes. In the Header & Export Format section you can upload a company logo (recommended 250×250 px) and enter a company name. Footer contact details (phone number and email) can also be added and appear centered at the bottom of PDF exports.

Q: How does the 'Download Quiz With My Answers' option work?

It generates a personalised export showing each question alongside the answer the student actually submitted, clearly labelled 'Your answer: …'. The student's answer and label sit on the same line for clean, easy-to-read formatting.

Q: Where are the correct answers displayed in the 'with answer' download?

The admin can choose between two layouts: answers appear immediately after each individual question, or all questions are listed first with answers grouped at the end.

Q: Is there an automatic email feature?

Yes. The email system can send a quiz export automatically when a student completes a quiz. You choose the export variant (with answer, without answer, or my answers), set a subject and body using merge tags ({{student_name}}, {{quiz_name}}, etc.), and select attachment or link delivery.

Q: Does the plugin create or grade quizzes?

No. Tutor Quiz Downloader only handles the export/download layer. All quiz creation, question management, and grading remain in Tutor LMS itself.

Q: Does the plugin replace Tutor LMS's quiz attempt screen?

No. The download buttons appear on the course curriculum/lesson list below each topic, not inside the live quiz attempt screen. Tutor LMS's native quiz UI is unchanged.

Q: What license is included with purchase?

A single-domain licence is included at the $59 purchase price.

Q: What WordPress database tables does the plugin use?

It reads from Tutor LMS's own tables: tutor_quiz_questions, tutor_quiz_question_answers, tutor_quiz_attempts, and tutor_quiz_attempt_answers (prefixed with your WordPress table prefix). It does not create its own data tables.

Q: Does the plugin enforce course enrollment on download URLs?

The documentation notes that enrollment is not enforced on every direct download URL. Administrators should be aware of this and apply additional access restrictions if strict enrollment gating on direct file URLs is required.

Q: How are admin settings saved?

Settings are saved via AJAX (no traditional full-page POST). After a successful save you see 'Settings saved successfully.' and the page reloads after 1.5 seconds. Logo updates only when a new file is selected.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.x or newer, PHP 7.4+ (recommended), and an active Tutor LMS installation with quizzes on courses. Students must be logged in to download; administrators need the manage_options capability to access settings.

Pricing: Tutor LMS Quiz Downloader is sold at a one-time price of $59 and includes a single-domain licence. No multi-site or multi-domain tiers are described in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Quiz Import Plugin | Now From Google Sheet Too !

Tutor LMS Quiz Import Plugin is a WordPress extension that lets you bulk-import quiz questions directly from Excel (.xls/.xlsx), CSV files, or Google Sheets into Tutor LMS — eliminating manual question entry. It supports five question types: Single Answer, Multiple Correct Answer, True/False, Open Ended/Essay, and Fill in the Blanks. The Google Sheets import feature was added in the April 2026 update.

Best for: Online course creators, eLearning publishers, and instructional designers who manage large question banks in spreadsheets and need to populate Tutor LMS quizzes quickly and accurately.

Key features
  • Excel import — upload .xls or .xlsx files directly into Tutor LMS with a single action
  • CSV import — supports standard CSV exports from Excel, Google Sheets, or any compatible tool
  • Google Sheets import — paste a Google Sheet link to pull questions directly into Tutor LMS (added April 2026)
  • Five question types supported — Single Answer, Multiple Correct Answer, True/False, Open Ended/Essay, and Fill in the Blanks
  • Correct answer mapping — all correct answers and answer options are preserved automatically from the spreadsheet structure
  • Single-domain licence with 6 months of dedicated support and 1 year of free plugin updates
Use cases
  • Migrating an existing question bank of hundreds of questions from Excel into Tutor LMS in a single import session
  • Collaborating with a content team via a shared Google Sheet and pushing finalized questions directly into Tutor LMS
  • Rebuilding courses from a previous eLearning platform by exporting questions to CSV and importing them into Tutor LMS
  • Creating large assessment sets for certification courses without manual question-by-question data entry
  • Importing fill-in-the-blank and essay question sets for language or writing courses where diverse question formats are required
FAQs (15)

Q: What file formats does the plugin support for importing quizzes?

The plugin supports three formats: Excel spreadsheets (.xls and .xlsx), standard CSV files, and Google Sheets (via a shareable link). The Google Sheets import option was introduced in the April 2026 update.

Q: Which question types can I import?

You can import five question types: Single Answer (radio-button), Multiple Correct Answer, True/False, Open Ended/Essay, and Fill in the Blanks. All correct answer assignments are preserved automatically from your spreadsheet.

Q: How do I import from Google Sheets?

Inside the Quiz Import Plugin panel in WordPress, paste your Google Sheet link into the designated field and click import. The plugin fetches the sheet data and creates the questions in Tutor LMS. Ensure your sheet is shared with the correct access permissions before linking.

Q: Do I need to use a specific template for my spreadsheet?

Yes. The plugin requires you to organise your questions using the provided template format, which defines columns for question text, question type, answer options, and correct answer designations. Using the template ensures the plugin maps every field accurately.

Q: How many domains does one licence cover?

Each purchase covers a single WordPress domain. If you need to use the plugin on multiple sites, you would need a separate licence for each domain.

Q: How long does support last after purchase?

Every purchase includes 6 months of dedicated support from the date of purchase to help you resolve integration issues.

Q: How long do I receive free updates?

All plugin updates released within 1 year of your purchase date are provided at no extra cost.

Q: Is the plugin compatible with the latest version of WordPress?

Yes. The plugin is fully tested and confirmed compatible with WordPress 6.0.

Q: Which version of Tutor LMS is the plugin compatible with?

The plugin has been tested up to Tutor LMS 3.4, ensuring seamless operation with the latest supported version.

Q: Can I import fill-in-the-blank questions with multiple accepted answers?

Yes. The plugin supports Fill in the Blanks question types and correctly structures blank markers and accepted answers in Tutor LMS as defined in your spreadsheet.

Q: What happens to multiple correct answers during import?

For Multiple Correct Answer questions, all correct options defined in your spreadsheet are preserved and mapped accurately in Tutor LMS — no manual adjustment needed after import.

Q: Can I import essay or open-ended questions?

Yes. Open Ended and Essay question types are fully supported, allowing instructors to collect long-form student responses. These are imported just like any other question type using the template.

Q: What is the price of the plugin?

The plugin is priced at $65 USD as a single purchase that includes an annual licence, 6 months of support, and 1 year of free updates.

Q: Does the plugin work if Tutor LMS is not installed?

No. This is an extension plugin specifically designed for Tutor LMS. Tutor LMS must be installed and active on your WordPress site for the plugin to function.

Q: After importing, where do the questions appear in Tutor LMS?

Once imported, questions are created inside Tutor LMS and become available to attach to any quiz within your lessons. No further manual configuration of question content is required.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.0 or higher and Tutor LMS up to version 3.4. No specific PHP version is documented in the available product information; standard WordPress-compatible hosting is assumed.

Pricing: Single purchase price is $65 USD. Each licence covers one WordPress domain (single-domain licence). The purchase includes an annual licence, 6 months of dedicated customer support from the date of purchase, and free plugin updates for 1 year. No multi-site or tiered pricing tiers are documented.

View product →

Product

Tutor LMS Quiz Mixer Plugin

Tutor LMS Quiz Mixer is an admin-only WordPress plugin that lets course creators build a new Tutor LMS quiz by randomly selecting and combining questions from one or more existing quizzes across any of their courses. The newly mixed quiz can be assigned to an existing course topic or a brand-new course and topic created from the same screen. Everything is managed from a single React-based admin page under Tutor → Quiz Mixer.

Best for: WordPress site administrators and eLearning course creators who use Tutor LMS and want to reuse and combine quiz questions from multiple existing courses without rebuilding assessments from scratch.

Key features
  • Cross-course quiz mixing: select questions from quizzes belonging to any existing Tutor LMS course and merge them into one new quiz
  • Random question selection: for each source quiz, questions are chosen at random using ORDER BY RAND() LIMIT n so every mix is unique
  • Full question and answer copy: copies all rows from tutor_quiz_questions and tutor_quiz_question_answers into the new quiz
  • Direct quiz assignment: assign the mixed quiz to any existing course topic straight from the plugin settings page
  • Create course and topic on the fly: generate a brand-new course and topic within the plugin and attach the quiz immediately
  • Centralised React admin UI: all mixing, assigning, and course/topic creation actions are handled from one screen under Tutor → Quiz Mixer
Use cases
  • Combining questions from end-of-module quizzes across several courses into one comprehensive final assessment
  • Quickly generating randomised practice tests by pulling a set number of questions from multiple topic quizzes
  • Creating a new course with a ready-made mixed quiz without leaving the plugin settings screen
  • Assigning a single blended quiz to multiple different course topics to save repetitive manual work
  • Spinning up a brand-new course and topic on the fly and immediately attaching a freshly mixed quiz to it
FAQs (15)

Q: Does this plugin work without Tutor LMS installed?

No. Tutor LMS must be installed and active. If it is not detected, the plugin displays an admin error notice and the backend features do not load at all.

Q: Where do I find the Quiz Mixer screen in WordPress admin?

After activation, navigate to Tutor → Quiz Mixer in your WordPress admin sidebar. The React UI loads in place of the 'Loading User Interface…' placeholder message.

Q: Can I pull questions from quizzes in different courses?

Yes. That is the core function of the plugin. You can add multiple source quiz rows, each pointing to a quiz from any existing course, and set how many questions to pull from each.

Q: How are questions selected from each source quiz?

Questions are selected randomly using ORDER BY RAND() LIMIT n from Tutor's question table, where n is the number you specify per source quiz row.

Q: Are quiz settings like time limits, passing grade, and attempts copied to the new quiz?

No. Only questions and their answers are copied. Quiz settings such as time limit, passing grade, attempts, and feedback options are not transferred. You can configure those manually in Tutor's course builder after the quiz is created.

Q: Can the same question appear more than once in the mixed quiz?

Yes. There is no deduplication. If the same question is selected from different source quizzes, or by random chance from the same quiz, it can appear more than once in the new mixed quiz.

Q: Do I need an existing course to assign the mixed quiz to?

No. If you do not have an existing course ready, you can enable the 'New Course?' option on the Quiz Mixer screen, enter a course title and topic title, and the plugin will create both and attach the quiz in one step.

Q: Can instructors (non-administrators) use the Quiz Mixer?

Users with the manage_tutor capability can access the menu, but the REST API endpoints that power the UI require the administrator role or manage_woocommerce capability. Non-admin instructors may encounter API errors.

Q: Does the plugin add any student-facing features, shortcodes, or blocks?

No. The plugin is admin-only. There are no shortcodes, Gutenberg blocks, public REST endpoints, or any student-facing UI.

Q: What happens after I save a mixed quiz?

A new tutor_quiz post is created under the chosen or newly created topic, and all copied questions and answers are stored in Tutor's custom database tables. The form resets via the Save & Next workflow so you can create another mixed quiz immediately.

Q: Can I review or edit the mixed quiz after it is created?

Yes. After saving, the quiz appears under the assigned topic in Tutor's course builder, where you can review settings, reorder questions, and adjust marks.

Q: Does the plugin create any custom database tables?

No. It writes directly into Tutor LMS's existing custom tables: {prefix}tutor_quiz_questions and {prefix}tutor_quiz_question_answers. No new tables or custom plugin options are stored.

Q: What happens if I deactivate or uninstall the plugin?

There is no uninstall.php included. No plugin options or custom tables are removed on uninstall. Any quizzes already created by the plugin remain intact in your Tutor LMS installation.

Q: How many domains does one licence cover?

One purchase covers a single domain licence, intended for your primary eLearning site.

Q: Are updates and support included in the purchase?

Yes. Free plugin updates and dedicated support are both included for the duration of your active subscription at no additional cost.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.4+ (current WP version recommended for production), PHP 7.4+ (backend class uses typed properties), and Tutor LMS must be installed and active. The REST API endpoints require an Administrator role; users with only manage_tutor capability can open the menu but may receive API errors.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $65 as a single domain licence. The purchase includes free plugin updates and free support for the duration of the active subscription. No multi-site or multi-domain tiers are documented.

View product →

Product

TutorLMS Paid Certificate Download Plugin

TutorLMS Paid Certificate Download is a WordPress plugin that gates certificate downloads behind a WooCommerce payment, allowing course creators to charge students for official credentials on any course — free or paid. It integrates natively with Tutor LMS, Tutor Pro, and WooCommerce to handle payment processing, purchase tracking, secure downloads, and student dashboard access. One product can be linked to multiple courses, enabling certificate bundles across entire course series.

Best for: Tutor LMS course creators who want to generate revenue from certificate downloads — whether their courses are free, paid, or bundled in a series.

Key features
  • Payment gating: blocks certificate downloads until a completed WooCommerce order is verified, with user-specific and time-limited download links
  • Flexible per-course settings: enable/disable paid certificates per course, select a WooCommerce product, and customize button text and color
  • Certificate bundle support: link a single WooCommerce product to multiple courses so one purchase unlocks certificates for all linked courses
  • Student dashboard: 'My Certificates' section in Tutor LMS showing purchased certificates, purchase date, download status, and quick download links
  • Admin reports at Tutor → Certificate Purchases: total purchases, revenue, course-wise statistics, download activity, and user purchase history
  • Automatic email notifications sent to students when their certificate is unlocked after successful payment, including the download link
Use cases
  • Offering free courses while charging students a separate fee (e.g., $15) to download their completion certificate
  • Upselling a premium certificate on top of a paid course — students pay for access separately from the credential
  • Bundling certificates across multiple related courses so students purchase one product and receive all credentials
  • Creating tiered credential packages — basic course access at one price, certificate included at a higher tier
  • Tracking certificate revenue and download activity through the built-in admin reports under Tutor → Certificate Purchases
FAQs (15)

Q: What plugins are required for this to work?

You must have Tutor LMS, Tutor Pro, and WooCommerce all installed and activated. Tutor Pro is specifically required for certificate functionality. WordPress 5.0+ and PHP 7.2+ are also required.

Q: Can I use this on free courses?

Yes. One of the primary use cases is offering free course content to attract students, then charging separately for the certificate download. Students complete the course for free and only pay when they want the official credential.

Q: Can I charge for a certificate on top of an already-paid course?

Yes. You can enable paid certificates on paid courses so students pay for course access and then optionally purchase the certificate as an add-on — for example, $50 for the course and an additional $10 for the certificate.

Q: How do I create a certificate bundle for multiple courses?

Create a single WooCommerce product and link it to multiple Tutor LMS courses via each course's paid certificate settings. Students who purchase that one product will have certificates unlocked for all linked courses simultaneously.

Q: When does the certificate become available after payment?

The certificate unlocks automatically when the WooCommerce order status changes to 'Completed'. If the order is still pending or processing, the certificate will not be available. An email notification with a download link is sent to the student at unlock.

Q: Where do students find their purchased certificates?

Students can access their purchased certificates in the Tutor LMS dashboard under the 'My Certificates' section, which shows course name, purchase date, download status, and quick download links.

Q: Where can admins view certificate sales and reports?

Go to Tutor → Certificate Purchases in the WordPress admin. You'll find total purchases, revenue figures, course-wise statistics, recent purchases, download activity, and individual user purchase history.

Q: Is the plugin secure against link sharing or unauthorized downloads?

Yes. Direct certificate URLs are blocked without payment verification, download links are user-specific and time-limited, only completed WooCommerce orders unlock certificates, and all downloads are logged for audit purposes.

Q: Can I customize the payment button that students see?

Yes. Each course lets you set custom button text (default: 'Pay to Download Certificate') and a button color using a hex code (default: #ffc107 yellow). Settings are found in Course Builder → Step 3: Additional.

Q: Do I need to set up a separate payment gateway?

No. The plugin leverages your existing WooCommerce store, so all payment gateways already configured in WooCommerce are automatically supported. No additional payment gateway setup is required.

Q: Where do I configure paid certificate settings in the course editor?

In the Tutor LMS Course Builder, go to Step 3: Additional and find the 'Paid Certificate' section. If you use the WordPress Classic Editor, a 'Paid Certificate Settings' meta box appears in the sidebar of the course edit page.

Q: Why isn't the pay button showing on the certificate page?

Check that Tutor Pro is installed and its certificate add-on is enabled, that a certificate template is assigned to the course, and that WooCommerce is active with at least one product created. All three conditions must be met.

Q: Why didn't completing a purchase unlock the certificate?

Verify that the WooCommerce order status is 'Completed' (not just Processing or Pending). Also confirm the product ID selected in the course's paid certificate settings matches the product the student purchased.

Q: What data is tracked in the database for each certificate purchase?

The plugin stores user ID, course ID, WooCommerce product ID, order ID, purchase date, unlock date, download count, last download timestamp, and purchase status in the custom table wp_tpcd_certificate_purchases.

Q: Is this plugin licensed for multiple sites?

No. The license is for single domain use only at $49/year. If you need to use it on additional domains, you would need additional licenses.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.0 or higher and PHP 7.2 or higher. Tutor LMS (latest version), Tutor Pro (latest version, required for certificate functionality), and WooCommerce (latest version) must all be installed and activated.

Pricing: Single annual subscription at $49/year per domain. Includes free support and updates for the duration of the subscription. Licensed for single domain use only — additional domains require separate licenses.

View product →

Product

Woocommerce Cost Calculator WordPress Plugin

WPPFU WooCommerce Cost Calculator adds formula-driven, dimension-aware pricing to WooCommerce product pages. Customers enter measurements, quantities, or options and see a live price update instantly; that same price is recalculated server-side in the cart so it cannot be tampered with. Store owners build reusable calculator configurations once and assign them across as many products as needed.

Best for: WooCommerce store owners who sell products priced by measurement, area, weight, or service tier — such as flooring, curtains, signage, solar installs, or fabric — where a single fixed price per SKU does not work.

Key features
  • Drag-and-drop visual calculator builder with 8 field types: text, number, dropdown, radio, checkbox, range slider, dimensions (W×H×L), and quantity
  • Safe server-side formula engine referencing field IDs as variables with operator support for +, -, *, /, and parentheses — cart price is recalculated server-side and cannot be edited from the browser
  • 13 industry-specific default templates (flooring, carpet, curtains, wallpaper, furniture, countertops, print/signage, packaging, solar, artificial grass, fabric, textile printing, service tiers) in metric and US customary units
  • Reusable calculator configurations as a custom post type — build once and assign the same calculator to unlimited simple or subscription products
  • Automatic unit profile resolution (metric or US customary) configurable globally, per product, or by customer country/locale with billing country, shipping country, geolocation, and store base country resolution order
  • Full WooCommerce HPOS (High-Performance Order Storage) and checkout blocks compatibility; calculator snapshot data stored on order line items for audit purposes
Use cases
  • Selling flooring or carpet by the square metre where price depends on width and length entered by the customer
  • Pricing custom curtains or blinds based on width and drop dimensions with fabric or lining options
  • Quoting print and signage jobs from customer-supplied dimensions and material choices
  • Calculating solar panel installation costs based on system size, panel count, or service tier
  • Selling fabric, wallpaper, or packaging boxes priced per unit of length or area
FAQs (15)

Q: Which WooCommerce product types are supported?

The plugin currently supports simple products and subscription products. Variable products are not listed as supported types. Confirm the product type before assigning a calculator.

Q: Can customers manipulate the calculated price in the browser?

No. The cart recalculates the price server-side using the same formula rules before totals are applied. A nonce is verified on add-to-cart and all field inputs are sanitised, so a browser-edited price cannot carry through to the order total.

Q: Do I have to build a new calculator for every product?

No. Calculators are a custom post type — you build a configuration once and assign it to as many products as you need via the Product data > Cost calculator tab on each product.

Q: What field types are available in the calculator builder?

Text, Number, Dropdown, Radio, Checkbox, Range slider, Dimensions (W × H × L), and Quantity. Dropdown and radio choices use a value|Label format. Each field gets a unique ID used as a variable in the formula.

Q: How do I write a pricing formula?

Use field IDs as variable names in the formula text box. The engine supports +, -, *, /, and parentheses. Keep field IDs simple (letters, numbers, underscore). Example: width * height * rate_per_sqm.

Q: Are there ready-made templates so I don't have to start from scratch?

Yes — 13 default templates covering flooring, carpet, curtains, wallpaper, furniture, countertops, print/signage, packaging, solar, artificial grass, fabric, textile printing, and service tiers. Each can be generated in metric or US customary units from Cost Calculator > Default Templates.

Q: How does metric vs US customary unit switching work?

You set a global mode (fixed system, country-based, or locale-based) under Cost Calculator > Settings. Each product can override with inherit, metric, or US. Country resolution checks billing country, then shipping country, then geolocation, then store base country.

Q: Is conditional field logic (show/hide fields) supported?

Templates ship with conditional rule blueprints saved as reference data. Runtime storefront show/hide from those blueprints is not yet auto-enforced — it is on the roadmap. The blueprints guide manual setup for now.

Q: Will the calculator data appear in the order after purchase?

Yes. A human-readable 'Calculator options' summary is stored on the order line item, and a hidden raw JSON snapshot (_wppfu_cc_values_json) is retained for audit and debug purposes.

Q: Is it compatible with WooCommerce HPOS and checkout blocks?

Yes. The plugin explicitly declares WooCommerce compatibility for High-Performance Order Storage (custom order tables) and cart/checkout blocks, making it suitable for modern WooCommerce storefronts.

Q: The calculator is not showing on my product page — how do I fix it?

Check three things: the product must be a simple or subscription type; a calculator must be assigned in the Product data > Cost calculator tab; and that calculator must have fields and/or a formula saved before publishing.

Q: The price is not updating in the cart — what should I check?

Verify the formula is valid syntax and that every variable name in the formula exactly matches a field ID on the assigned calculator. A typo in a field ID will cause the formula engine to return no value.

Q: Can developers customise the unit resolution or country list?

Yes. Two filters are exposed: wppfu_wc_cc_resolved_unit_profile (override the resolved metric/us profile per product) and wppfu_wc_cc_countries_us_customary (customise which ISO country codes map to US customary).

Q: What helper functions are available for theme or plugin developers?

Four public functions from includes/functions.php: wppfu_wc_cc_get_product_calculator_id(), wppfu_wc_cc_get_resolved_unit_profile(), wppfu_wc_cc_get_calculator_fields(), and wppfu_wc_cc_get_calculator_formula().

Q: What version of the plugin is current and what does it require?

The current version is 1.2.0. It requires WordPress 6.4 or higher, PHP 7.4 or higher, and WooCommerce must be active.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 6.4 or higher, PHP 7.4 or higher, and an active WooCommerce installation. No special hosting environment is required beyond a standard WordPress-compatible server.

Pricing: The plugin is sold at a one-time price of $49 USD and includes instant access and annual updates. No free version or tiered licensing is mentioned; this appears to be a single-tier paid licence.

View product →

Product

WooCommerce Download Proof Logger

WooCommerce Download Proof Logger automatically captures forensic-level data — IP address, browser, OS, and exact timestamp — for every digital download on your WooCommerce store. It lets store owners generate a one-click PDF proof certificate containing a full download log that can be submitted as evidence to win chargeback and payment disputes. It also provides a dedicated admin dashboard, CSV export, and per-order log meta box for complete visibility into all download activity.

Best for: Any WooCommerce store owner selling downloadable products — eBooks, software, music, templates, courses — who needs reliable evidence to fight chargebacks and 'never received' disputes.

Key features
  • Automatic, zero-setup download tracking that hooks into WooCommerce's native download system and logs every event silently in the background
  • Forensic-level data captured per download event: Order ID, customer email, product name, file name, exact timestamp, IP address, browser, and operating system
  • One-click PDF proof certificate per order including full order details, payment method, transaction ID, download summary, and a detailed log table with a legal disclaimer
  • Dedicated admin logs dashboard (WooCommerce → Download Proof Logs) with filter by Order ID, date range, paginated 50-records-per-page display, and CSV export
  • Downloads count column on the WooCommerce Orders list screen showing a green checkmark and count or 'No downloads' at a glance
  • Per-order Download Proof Logs meta box inside every WooCommerce order showing the full download table and a Generate PDF Proof button
Use cases
  • Winning PayPal or credit card chargebacks by submitting a PDF proof certificate showing exactly when a customer downloaded a file
  • Monitoring all digital download activity across the entire store from a single admin dashboard
  • Proving an eBook or PDF was accessed before processing a refund request
  • Exporting filtered download logs as CSV for legal teams or accountants during dispute resolution
  • Instantly seeing which WooCommerce orders have recorded download activity directly from the Orders list screen
FAQs (15)

Q: What data is recorded for each download event?

Every download event captures: Order ID, customer email, product name, file name, exact timestamp (date and time to the second), IP address (via proxy-aware detection using Client-IP, X-Forwarded-For, or REMOTE_ADDR), browser (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge, Opera, IE), and operating system (Windows, Mac, Linux, Android, iOS).

Q: How do I generate a PDF proof certificate?

You can generate a PDF from two places: the WooCommerce → Download Proof Logs dashboard by finding the relevant order and clicking Generate PDF, or directly inside an individual WooCommerce order using the 'Generate PDF Proof' button in the Download Proof Logs meta box. No manual data entry is needed.

Q: What does the PDF proof certificate include?

The certificate includes order number, date, customer name and email, order total, payment method, transaction ID, total download count, date of first and last download, a detailed log table (timestamp, file name, IP, browser, OS), a legal disclaimer stating it serves as official dispute evidence, and your store name, URL, and email.

Q: What if the customer never actually downloaded the file?

If no downloads are recorded for an order, the generated PDF certificate explicitly states that the customer never downloaded the file. The certificate works both ways — it can prove delivery or confirm non-delivery.

Q: Does this work with all types of downloadable products?

Yes. It works for any WooCommerce downloadable product type including eBooks, software, plugins, music, audio files, templates, and course files. It hooks into WooCommerce's native download system so any product using that system is covered automatically.

Q: Can I filter or search the download logs?

Yes. From the WooCommerce → Download Proof Logs dashboard you can filter logs by Order ID or by a custom date range (start date and end date). A Clear Filters button resets the view instantly. Results are paginated at 50 records per page.

Q: Can I export logs to CSV?

Yes. A one-click CSV export is available from the logs dashboard. The export respects active filters, so you can export all logs or just a specific order or date range. The CSV includes Order ID, customer email, product name, file name, download time, IP address, browser, and OS.

Q: Is the plugin secure? Who can access the logs?

All log views, PDF generation, and CSV exports require the manage_woocommerce capability. Every AJAX action is protected by WordPress nonce verification. Unauthorized access attempts are blocked before any data is returned.

Q: What PDF engine does the plugin use?

It uses TCPDF, an industry-standard PHP PDF library included via Composer. It generates real, valid .pdf files (not screenshots) supporting A4, Letter, and Legal page formats in both portrait and landscape orientations.

Q: How does the single-domain licence work?

Each purchase grants an API licence for one live domain. If you need to test on a staging site, you can email the support team to request a one-time additional API key for your staging environment.

Q: Does the plugin affect the WooCommerce Orders list screen?

Yes. It adds a 'Downloads' column to the WooCommerce Orders screen showing a green checkmark and download count for orders with activity, or 'No downloads' for orders with zero activity, giving you an instant visual overview without opening individual orders.

Q: Is there any setup required after installation?

No. The plugin hooks directly into WooCommerce's native download system. Once installed and activated, it begins logging all download events automatically in the background with zero additional configuration needed.

Q: Is this compatible with WooCommerce HPOS (High Performance Order Storage)?

Yes. The plugin explicitly declares compatibility with WooCommerce Custom Order Tables (HPOS), as well as Cart/Checkout Blocks and the Product Block Editor.

Q: What versions of WordPress and WooCommerce are required?

The plugin requires WordPress 5.8 or higher, WooCommerce 5.0 or higher (tested up to 8.0), and PHP 7.4 or higher.

Q: Is support available after purchase?

Yes, support is included with your purchase. Review the store support and licence terms shown at checkout for full details on the scope of support provided.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 5.8+ and WooCommerce 5.0+ (tested up to WooCommerce 8.0), PHP 7.4 or higher. Declares compatibility with WooCommerce HPOS (Custom Order Tables), Cart/Checkout Blocks, and the Product Block Editor.

Pricing: Single price of $39 USD per purchase (product page lists a current price of $39, with an original price of $49 noted). Each purchase grants a single-domain API licence for one live domain. A supplementary API key for one staging environment is available on request at no extra charge. No multi-site or tiered pricing tiers are documented.

View product →

Product

WordPress Paywall Plugin

WP Paywall is a WordPress plugin that locks posts, pages, videos, and PDFs behind a WooCommerce purchase, enabling a true pay-per-post monetisation model. It requires no coding and works with a single WooCommerce product that can unlock one item or thousands simultaneously. Access periods are configurable per product, with automatic expiry, renewal reminders, and a fully customisable paywall overlay.

Best for: WordPress site owners — bloggers, journalists, educators, and multi-author publishers — who want to sell direct access to individual pieces of content without building a full subscription platform.

Key features
  • Per-Post, Per-Page, and Category-Level Locking — lock individual content or entire categories from the editor or Edit Category screen
  • 'All Posts' Product Mode — one WooCommerce product unlocks every locked post site-wide, enabling a subscription-pass model with zero extra setup
  • Per-Product Access Period — each product has its own access duration in days; a configurable global default applies as a fallback
  • Blur Overlay and Hard-Cut Modes — show blurred full content or a truncated excerpt above the paywall box, toggled via Settings
  • Expiry Warning Banner and Emails — a yellow banner and automated daily cron emails alert buyers before access expires, with a configurable renewal URL
  • Centralised AccessChecker with Runtime Cache — all access checks run once per page load per user, replacing the original three repeated order-loop calls for better performance
Use cases
  • A news publisher locking premium investigative articles behind a one-time purchase, with blurred previews to drive conversions
  • An educator selling access to individual video lessons or PDF course materials on a per-post basis
  • A multi-author blog where each author monetises their own posts and tracks revenue via the Author Report
  • A niche content site launching an entire paid category in seconds using Category-Level Locking
  • A site offering a site-wide access pass via a single 'All Posts' WooCommerce product acting as a lightweight subscription
FAQs (15)

Q: Do I need a separate WooCommerce product for every article I want to lock?

No. One WooCommerce product can be assigned to hundreds or thousands of posts simultaneously. You can also use 'All Posts' mode so a single product purchase unlocks every locked post on the site at once.

Q: What content types can be locked?

WP Paywall works on standard posts, pages, and any registered public custom post type. It also protects written articles, embedded videos, and PDF content. You choose which post types are covered from the Settings page.

Q: How does access expiry work?

Each WooCommerce product has a configurable access duration in days counted from the order date. If no days are set on a product, the global default access days from Settings applies. Access is automatically revoked after expiry.

Q: Can buyers be warned before their access expires?

Yes. A yellow warning banner appears on the post within a configurable number of days before expiry. A daily WordPress cron job also emails buyers whose access is expiring within that window, including a renewal link pointing to your chosen URL.

Q: Where does the buyer land after completing a purchase?

After a successful WooCommerce payment, the buyer is automatically redirected back to the specific post they purchased access to — not to a generic order confirmation page.

Q: Does the plugin support WooCommerce Subscriptions?

Partial support is present. If WooCommerce Subscriptions is installed and active, an active subscription for an unlock product grants access without requiring a one-time order check. This feature is noted as not yet fully checked off in the current release.

Q: Can I let visitors read some articles for free before the paywall kicks in?

Yes. The Free Article Limit for Guests setting allows non-logged-in visitors to read a configurable number of articles before the paywall activates. It uses a 30-day browser cookie. Set the limit to 0 to disable this feature entirely.

Q: What happens if an admin or editor visits a locked post?

Users with Administrator or Editor roles always see the full content regardless of purchase status, so you can preview and manage content without buying access. Additional roles (subscriber, contributor, etc.) can be added to a bypass list in Settings.

Q: Can I customise how the paywall looks?

Yes. The paywall headline and sub-text are fully editable in Settings. The CTA button colour is set via a native colour picker. You can also choose between blur overlay mode (full article shown blurred behind the box) or hard-cut mode (content truncated before the paywall box).

Q: What excerpt or preview options are available?

Four modes are available: First Paragraph, Custom Text (per-post teaser copy), Word-Count (e.g. first 80 words), and Percentage (e.g. first 25% of the article). These give you granular control over how much free content is shown before the paywall.

Q: How does a returning buyer who is logged out know they already have access?

Logged-out visitors who have previously purchased access see an 'Already Purchased? Log In' prompt with a login link instead of the buy button, preventing confusion and accidental duplicate purchases.

Q: Is there any reporting for multi-author sites?

Yes. The Author Report admin page shows which authors' posts have been purchased, useful on sites where post authors share in revenue from their locked content.

Q: How can buyers track how long their access lasts?

A 'Number of Days Left' column appears on both the WooCommerce admin Orders screen and the customer's My Account → Orders screen, showing remaining access days for each paywall purchase. A 'Post' column also shows which content each order unlocks.

Q: Does the plugin slow down my site?

The enhanced version uses a centralised AccessChecker with a runtime memory cache, so access is checked only once per user per page load. The original plugin ran a full order loop three separate times per page; this version calls wc_get_orders() once and reuses the result.

Q: Will the plugin leave data in my database if I uninstall it?

Only if you want it to. An optional 'Data Cleanup on Uninstall' setting instructs the plugin to drop its custom database tables and delete all stored options when uninstalled, keeping your database clean.

Requirements: Requires WooCommerce to be installed and active; WooCommerce Subscriptions is optional for subscription-based access grants. No specific PHP or WordPress minimum version is stated in the documentation, so standard current WordPress hosting environments are expected.

Pricing: WP Paywall is priced at USD 69 and includes an annual licence with free updates. It is a one-time annual purchase available via instant download from wppluginsforyou.com. No free tier or multi-site pricing tiers are mentioned in the available documentation.

View product →

Product

WP Demo Reset – WordPress Demo Reset Plugin | Automated Resets for Theme & Plugin Sellers

WP Demo Reset is a WordPress plugin that automatically restores a demo site to a clean, pre-configured state on a defined schedule or on demand. It works by saving a database snapshot of your ideal demo state and restoring it at set intervals — from every 30 seconds to daily. This keeps every visitor's experience pristine without any manual cleanup.

Best for: WordPress theme and plugin sellers who run live demo sites and need those demos to stay clean, professional, and conversion-ready for every visitor.

Key features
  • Snapshot system — saves a compressed SQL copy of your database as the 'clean state' that all resets restore to
  • Scheduled automatic resets — configurable intervals from every 30 seconds up to daily, managed without manual cron jobs
  • On-demand manual reset — single-click Reset Now button available from the Dashboard at any time
  • Granular reset control — exclude specific database tables or upload paths from the reset process
  • Clean Uploads option — optionally deletes files from wp-content/uploads during reset for a truly fresh environment
  • Notifications — receive reset completion or failure alerts via email, Slack webhook, or custom JSON webhook
  • Activity logs — full log of scheduled resets, manual resets, snapshot events, and errors, exportable to CSV
  • Nuclear Reset — destructive full-wipe option that clears all content, users, settings, and optionally files for a completely fresh start
  • WooCommerce compatible and supports WordPress Multisite with network-wide management
Use cases
  • Automatically resetting a theme demo site every 15–30 minutes so high-traffic visitors always see a polished, unmodified layout
  • Resetting a plugin demo every 1–2 hours after testers have changed settings or added test data
  • Triggering an instant manual reset just before a scheduled product demo or sales call
  • Preserving a specific demo content configuration as a snapshot and restoring it reliably after each visitor session
  • Running a low-traffic developer demo that resets every 4–12 hours to keep overhead minimal
FAQs (15)

Q: Will visitors lose their session when the demo resets?

Yes. All user sessions are cleared during a reset. Any visitor logged into a demo account will be logged out and will need to log in again after the reset completes.

Q: Can I have multiple snapshots?

Yes, you can create as many snapshots as you need. Only the snapshot marked as 'active' is used for automatic and manual resets. You can also restore any non-active snapshot on demand from the Snapshots page.

Q: Why isn't my scheduled reset running?

WordPress cron requires site visits to trigger. If your demo receives low traffic, scheduled resets may not fire on time. Set up a real server cron job that hits wp-cron.php for reliable, time-accurate scheduling.

Q: Will the reset delete my uploaded images?

By default, no. Files remain in the wp-content/uploads folder after a reset and simply won't appear in the Media Library unless they were part of the snapshot. Enable 'Clean Uploads' in the Cleanup settings tab if you want physical files deleted.

Q: Can I exclude certain database tables from the reset?

Yes. Go to Settings > Schedule and select the tables you want to exclude. This is useful for preserving analytics data or custom tables that should persist across resets.

Q: Does this work with WordPress Multisite?

Yes, WP Demo Reset supports WordPress Multisite and includes network-wide management options.

Q: How much server space do snapshots use?

Snapshots are stored as compressed SQL files, so size varies depending on your database. You can check total snapshot storage used from the Dashboard. Orphaned snapshot files can be cleaned up via the Advanced settings tab.

Q: Can I restore a specific snapshot without changing the active snapshot?

Yes. Go to WP Demo Reset > Snapshots and click 'Restore' on any snapshot to restore it immediately without changing which snapshot is set as active for scheduled resets.

Q: What exactly gets reset when a reset runs?

Posts, pages, custom post types, comments, media library entries, users (except the current admin), widgets, menus, theme customizer settings, plugin settings, categories, tags, and taxonomies are all restored to the snapshot state.

Q: What is NOT reset or deleted during a normal reset?

The currently logged-in admin user, site title, site URL, WordPress URL, search engine visibility, timezone, uploaded physical files (unless Clean Uploads is enabled), plugin files, and theme files are all preserved.

Q: What is Nuclear Reset and when should I use it?

Nuclear Reset is a destructive full-wipe that deletes all posts, users, settings, custom tables, and optionally all uploaded files, plugins, and themes. Use it only when you want to completely start over. It requires typing JESUSCHRIST to confirm and preserves only your admin account and basic site settings.

Q: How do I trigger a manual reset immediately?

Go to WP Demo Reset > Dashboard, click the 'Reset Now' button, and confirm the action. The site immediately restores to the active snapshot. Note: rate limiting (default 5 minutes between manual resets) prevents abuse.

Q: Can I get notified when a reset completes or fails?

Yes. Under Settings > Notifications, you can enable email alerts, post notifications to a Slack channel via webhook URL, or send JSON data to a custom webhook endpoint of your choice.

Q: How do I view a history of all resets and events?

Go to WP Demo Reset > Logs to see a timestamped record of scheduled resets, manual resets, snapshot creation and restoration events, and any errors. Logs can be exported to CSV or cleared from the same page.

Q: Is coding required to use this plugin?

No coding is required. All configuration — snapshots, schedules, exclusions, notifications — is handled through the WordPress admin dashboard. Setup typically takes just a few minutes.

Requirements: No specific PHP or WordPress minimum version is stated in the documentation. For reliable scheduled resets, a real server cron job pointing to wp-cron.php is recommended, as WordPress native cron depends on site visits to fire.

Pricing: WP Demo Reset is available for a one-time annual fee of $59 USD. The licence includes instant download access, free updates for one year, and support. There is currently one pricing tier with no listed free or trial version.

View product →

Product

WP-PRO-Quiz Import Plugin - Premium Version

WP-PRO-Quiz Import Plugin (MT-Quiz-Import – Premium Version) allows educators and course creators to bulk-import quizzes from Excel or CSV spreadsheets directly into WP-Pro-Quiz, eliminating manual question entry. It supports every major WP-Pro-Quiz question type, advanced formatting (math notation, colored text), images, and YouTube videos. The plugin is licensed per domain via API activation.

Best for: Educators, eLearning course creators, LMS administrators, and WordPress site owners who use WP-Pro-Quiz and need to efficiently bulk-upload large quiz banks from spreadsheets.

Key features
  • Import all WP-Pro-Quiz question types: single answer, multiple answer, matrix sorting, cloze, assessment, sort answer, and free answer
  • Import multiple quizzes from the same Excel/CSV template file in one operation
  • Custom score per question supported in the import spreadsheet
  • Math notation support: square root (√), cube root (³√), subscript, and superscript characters
  • Import images with question text and embed YouTube videos in questions
  • Colored text in Excel is preserved and imported; 5-option single answer type supported; API license locked to one domain
Use cases
  • Migrating an existing quiz bank from another LMS or spreadsheet system into WP-Pro-Quiz without manual re-entry
  • Scaling course content by importing hundreds of questions across multiple quizzes from a single Excel or CSV file
  • Creating quizzes with rich formatting including math notation, colored text, embedded images, and YouTube videos sourced directly from a spreadsheet
  • Setting up assessments with custom per-question scoring, matrix sorting, cloze, and free-answer question types in bulk
  • Saving time during rapid course development cycles by using pre-built Excel templates to structure and upload quizzes in a few clicks
FAQs (15)

Q: What quiz question types can I import?

You can import single answer, multiple answer, matrix sorting, cloze, assessment, sort answer, and free (open-ended) answer types. The plugin also supports a 5-option single answer variant and math-notation questions involving square root, cube root, subscript, and superscript.

Q: Can I import multiple quizzes from a single file?

Yes. The plugin supports importing multiple quizzes from the same Excel or CSV template file in a single import operation, making it efficient for large course projects.

Q: Where do I get the import template?

After installing the plugin, go to the Settings page inside WordPress. A dedicated download button is available for each question type, allowing you to download the correct Excel template for whichever quiz format you need.

Q: Can I set different point values for each question?

Yes. Custom scoring per question is supported directly in the spreadsheet template, giving you full control over each question's point value before import.

Q: Does the plugin support importing images and videos?

Yes. You can import images alongside question text, and you can embed YouTube videos in questions. Both features are supported from within the spreadsheet template.

Q: Can I use colored text in my spreadsheet and have it appear in the quiz?

Yes. Colored text applied inside the Excel file is recognized and carried over into WP-Pro-Quiz during import, preserving your visual formatting.

Q: Does it support math symbols like square roots or subscripts?

Yes. Math-type questions support square root (√), cube root (³√), subscript, and superscript notation, which are imported directly from the spreadsheet.

Q: How many sites can I use this license on?

The license covers one site only. The API key is locked to a single domain upon activation and cannot be used on additional domains without purchasing an additional license.

Q: What format must my data file be in?

The plugin accepts both Excel (.xlsx) and CSV file formats. Templates for each question type are downloadable from the plugin's Settings page to ensure correct formatting.

Q: Do I need WP-Pro-Quiz installed for this plugin to work?

Yes. MT-Quiz-Import is an extension plugin that requires WP-Pro-Quiz to be installed and active on your WordPress site, as it imports data directly into WP-Pro-Quiz's quiz system.

Q: What support and updates are included?

Free support and updates are included as long as your subscription remains active. Support is provided by the plugin vendor at wppluginsforyou.com.

Q: Is there a buyer's agreement I should read before purchasing?

Yes. The purchase is subject to a Buyer's Agreement. Review the agreement on the product page at wppluginsforyou.com before completing your purchase.

Q: Can I import cloze (fill-in-the-blank) question types?

Yes. Cloze-type questions are fully supported by the import plugin and can be structured in the provided Excel template and imported into WP-Pro-Quiz.

Q: What happens if my subscription lapses?

Free support and updates are only available while your subscription is active. Once it lapses, you will no longer receive updates or support, though the plugin may continue to function on your licensed domain.

Q: Is this plugin compatible with LearnDash?

The plugin is specifically built as an extension for WP-Pro-Quiz. While the product page references 'LearnDash Quiz Import,' the core functionality targets WP-Pro-Quiz; verify LearnDash compatibility directly with the vendor before purchasing.

Requirements: Requires WordPress and the WP-Pro-Quiz plugin to be installed and active on your site. An active subscription and API license key locked to a single domain are required; specific PHP or WordPress minimum versions are not explicitly stated in the documentation.

Pricing: The plugin is priced at $69 (one-time or subscription—confirm billing cycle with vendor). The license covers one domain only, activated via API key. Free support and updates are included for the duration of an active subscription. The purchase is subject to the vendor's Buyer's Agreement available at wppluginsforyou.com.

View product →

Product

Wp-Pro-Quiz Revamped Plugin

WP-Pro-Quiz Revamped is a fully rebuilt WordPress quiz plugin designed for educators, certification providers, and LMS platforms. It delivers exam-grade features including partial scoring, negative marking, anti-cheat protection, bulk import tools, and a professional analytics dashboard. The plugin replaces the classic WP-Pro-Quiz with a faster, modernised codebase engineered for large-scale assessments.

Best for: Educators, certification providers, coaching institutes, membership site owners, and LMS platform operators who need enterprise-grade quiz and assessment tools inside WordPress.

Key features
  • Visual drag-and-drop quiz builder for instant question reordering
  • Partial scoring engine and negative marking for competitive and certification exams
  • Bulk question importer supporting Excel, CSV, Google Sheets, and WPQ format
  • Professional analytics dashboard with user-wise results, average scores, and completion rates
  • Advanced randomisation engine for question subsets and answer order
  • Full anti-cheat security layer protecting against refresh tricks, right-click copying, and bot submissions
Use cases
  • Running online certification exams with negative marking and anti-cheat security
  • Building large question banks by bulk importing questions from Excel, CSV, or Google Sheets
  • Tracking learner performance with question-level analytics and CSV result exports
  • Delivering randomised practice tests on LMS or membership sites
  • Migrating or cloning quizzes between WordPress installations using the WPQ format
FAQs (15)

Q: What WordPress versions are supported?

The plugin supports WordPress 4.6 through the latest 6.x releases, including 6.6.2. WordPress 6.0 or higher is recommended for best performance and security.

Q: Which PHP versions are compatible?

PHP 7.4 is the minimum required version. PHP 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3 are fully supported and recommended. PHP 8.4 is still being tested and may work but is not yet fully certified.

Q: Can I import questions from Excel or Google Sheets?

Yes. The bulk question importer supports Excel, CSV, and Google Sheets. You can also import and export quizzes using the WPQ file format for backup, migration, or cloning purposes.

Q: Does the plugin support negative marking?

Yes. Negative marking is a built-in feature designed for competitive exams and entrance tests, mirroring real-world certification and government exam systems.

Q: Is partial scoring supported on multi-select questions?

Yes. The partial scoring engine rewards partially correct answers on multi-select questions, giving fine-grained control over how learner performance is evaluated.

Q: What anti-cheat features are included?

The plugin includes a full anti-cheat security layer that protects against page refresh tricks, right-click copying, and bot submissions to maintain exam integrity.

Q: Can I export quiz results to CSV or Excel?

Yes. All quiz results can be exported to CSV or Excel with one click, suitable for reporting, auditing, or importing into external LMS and CRM tools.

Q: Does it work with WordPress Multisite?

Yes. The plugin is fully compatible with WordPress Multisite networks, supports network activation, and allows each site to have independent quizzes and site-specific settings.

Q: What database is required?

MySQL 5.6 or higher (5.7+ recommended) or MariaDB 10.0 or higher (10.3+ recommended) using UTF-8 character set, ideally utf8mb4_unicode_ci collation with InnoDB storage engine.

Q: Which browsers are supported?

Chrome 90+, Firefox 88+, Safari 14+, and Edge 90+ are all fully supported on desktop. Chrome and Firefox are the recommended browsers for the best experience.

Q: How does question randomisation work?

The advanced randomisation engine allows you to show a random subset of questions—such as 10%, 25%, 50%, or a fixed number—and randomise answer order per question for fairness.

Q: Can I provide explanations for each question?

Yes. The per-question feedback and explanation panel lets you attach detailed explanations so learners understand why an answer is correct or incorrect after submission.

Q: What PHP extensions are required?

Required PHP extensions are: json, mbstring, mysqli or pdo_mysql, gd (for CAPTCHA), and curl (for external API calls). These are standard extensions available on most hosting environments.

Q: What is the WPQ file format?

WPQ is a fully documented file format for backing up, migrating, or cloning quizzes. It supports one-click backup and restore with zero data loss between WordPress installations.

Q: What is the recommended server memory limit?

The minimum memory limit is 64MB, but 128MB or higher is recommended, especially for large CSV imports and exports. A max execution time of 60 seconds is also recommended.

Requirements: Requires WordPress 4.6 or higher (6.0+ recommended) and PHP 7.4 or higher (PHP 8.0–8.3 recommended); MySQL 5.6+ or MariaDB 10.0+ with at least 64MB memory limit (128MB recommended for large imports).

Pricing: WP-Pro-Quiz Revamped is priced at $89 USD and includes an annual licence, instant download, and free updates for the licence period.

View product →

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.